1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986, 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995,
4 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007,
5 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
7 This file is part of GDB.
9 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
12 (at your option) any later version.
14 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
17 GNU General Public License for more details.
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
20 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
23 #include "arch-utils.h"
28 #include "breakpoint.h"
29 #include "tracepoint.h"
31 #include "expression.h"
37 #include "gdbthread.h"
40 #include "gdb_string.h"
47 #include "completer.h"
50 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
51 #include "gdb_assert.h"
56 #include "exceptions.h"
63 #include "xml-syscall.h"
65 /* readline include files */
66 #include "readline/readline.h"
67 #include "readline/history.h"
69 /* readline defines this. */
72 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
74 /* Arguments to pass as context to some catch command handlers. */
75 #define CATCH_PERMANENT ((void *) (uintptr_t) 0)
76 #define CATCH_TEMPORARY ((void *) (uintptr_t) 1)
78 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
80 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
82 static void enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*);
84 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
86 static void enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*);
88 static void disable_command (char *, int);
90 static void enable_command (char *, int);
92 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*)(struct breakpoint
*));
94 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
96 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
98 static void clear_command (char *, int);
100 static void catch_command (char *, int);
102 static void watch_command (char *, int);
104 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*);
106 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
108 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
110 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made static. */
111 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
112 struct symtab_and_line
,
115 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
117 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
121 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
122 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
123 struct obj_section
*, int);
125 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
,
127 struct address_space
*aspace2
,
130 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
132 static void breakpoint_1 (int, int);
134 static bpstat
bpstat_alloc (const struct bp_location
*, bpstat
);
136 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
138 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
140 static void commands_command (char *, int);
142 static void condition_command (char *, int);
144 static int get_number_trailer (char **, int);
146 void set_breakpoint_count (int);
155 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
156 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
158 static enum print_stop_action
print_it_typical (bpstat
);
160 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
162 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
164 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
166 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
168 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype
, int *);
170 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
172 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
174 static void watch_command_1 (char *, int, int);
176 static void rwatch_command (char *, int);
178 static void awatch_command (char *, int);
180 static void do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
);
182 static void stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
184 static void stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
186 static void stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
188 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
);
190 static char *ep_parse_optional_filename (char **arg
);
192 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event
,
193 char *arg
, int tempflag
, int from_tty
);
195 static void tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
197 static void ep_skip_leading_whitespace (char **s
);
199 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*,
202 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
204 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
206 static void update_global_location_list (int);
208 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
210 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
212 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
214 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
216 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
218 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
220 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
222 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
224 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
226 static void skip_prologue_sal (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
);
229 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
230 current breakpoint. */
232 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
235 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
237 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and represent
238 values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at a breakpoint. */
239 static char *bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
240 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
243 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
244 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
245 if such is available. */
246 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
249 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
250 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
253 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("\
254 Debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
258 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
259 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
260 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
261 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
262 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
264 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
265 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
268 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("\
269 Debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
273 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
274 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
275 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
276 use hardware breakpoints. */
277 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
279 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
280 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
283 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("\
284 Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
288 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
289 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
290 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
291 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
292 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
294 static const char always_inserted_auto
[] = "auto";
295 static const char always_inserted_on
[] = "on";
296 static const char always_inserted_off
[] = "off";
297 static const char *always_inserted_enums
[] = {
298 always_inserted_auto
,
303 static const char *always_inserted_mode
= always_inserted_auto
;
305 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
306 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
308 if (always_inserted_mode
== always_inserted_auto
)
309 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("\
310 Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
312 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
314 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"), value
);
318 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
320 return (always_inserted_mode
== always_inserted_on
321 || (always_inserted_mode
== always_inserted_auto
&& non_stop
));
324 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
326 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
327 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
329 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
330 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
332 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
333 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statment deletes the current
336 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
338 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
339 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
340 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
343 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is not
344 provided so update_global_location_list must not be called while executing
345 the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
347 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
348 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
349 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
352 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
354 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
355 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
356 if ((B)->type == bp_tracepoint)
358 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
360 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
362 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
364 static struct bp_location
**bp_location
;
366 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
368 static unsigned bp_location_count
;
370 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and ADDRESS
371 for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from
372 bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of
373 BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
375 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
;
377 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between
378 bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for
379 the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from
380 bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of
381 BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
383 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
385 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint,
386 unlinked from bp_location array, but for which a hit
387 may still be reported by a target. */
388 VEC(bp_location_p
) *moribund_locations
= NULL
;
390 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
392 int breakpoint_count
;
394 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
396 int tracepoint_count
;
398 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
400 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
402 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
405 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
408 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
410 breakpoint_count
= num
;
411 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
414 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
417 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
419 struct breakpoint
*b
;
425 /* Default address, symtab and line to put a breakpoint at
426 for "break" command with no arg.
427 if default_breakpoint_valid is zero, the other three are
428 not valid, and "break" with no arg is an error.
430 This set by print_stack_frame, which calls set_default_breakpoint. */
432 int default_breakpoint_valid
;
433 CORE_ADDR default_breakpoint_address
;
434 struct symtab
*default_breakpoint_symtab
;
435 int default_breakpoint_line
;
436 struct program_space
*default_breakpoint_pspace
;
439 /* *PP is a string denoting a breakpoint. Get the number of the breakpoint.
440 Advance *PP after the string and any trailing whitespace.
442 Currently the string can either be a number or "$" followed by the name
443 of a convenience variable. Making it an expression wouldn't work well
444 for map_breakpoint_numbers (e.g. "4 + 5 + 6").
446 If the string is a NULL pointer, that denotes the last breakpoint.
448 TRAILER is a character which can be found after the number; most
449 commonly this is `-'. If you don't want a trailer, use \0. */
451 get_number_trailer (char **pp
, int trailer
)
453 int retval
= 0; /* default */
457 /* Empty line means refer to the last breakpoint. */
458 return breakpoint_count
;
461 /* Make a copy of the name, so we can null-terminate it
462 to pass to lookup_internalvar(). */
467 while (isalnum (*p
) || *p
== '_')
469 varname
= (char *) alloca (p
- start
+ 1);
470 strncpy (varname
, start
, p
- start
);
471 varname
[p
- start
] = '\0';
472 if (get_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar (varname
), &val
))
476 printf_filtered (_("Convenience variable must have integer value.\n"));
484 while (*p
>= '0' && *p
<= '9')
487 /* There is no number here. (e.g. "cond a == b"). */
489 /* Skip non-numeric token */
490 while (*p
&& !isspace((int) *p
))
492 /* Return zero, which caller must interpret as error. */
498 if (!(isspace (*p
) || *p
== '\0' || *p
== trailer
))
500 /* Trailing junk: return 0 and let caller print error msg. */
501 while (!(isspace (*p
) || *p
== '\0' || *p
== trailer
))
512 /* Like get_number_trailer, but don't allow a trailer. */
514 get_number (char **pp
)
516 return get_number_trailer (pp
, '\0');
519 /* Parse a number or a range.
520 * A number will be of the form handled by get_number.
521 * A range will be of the form <number1> - <number2>, and
522 * will represent all the integers between number1 and number2,
525 * While processing a range, this fuction is called iteratively;
526 * At each call it will return the next value in the range.
528 * At the beginning of parsing a range, the char pointer PP will
529 * be advanced past <number1> and left pointing at the '-' token.
530 * Subsequent calls will not advance the pointer until the range
531 * is completed. The call that completes the range will advance
532 * pointer PP past <number2>.
536 get_number_or_range (char **pp
)
538 static int last_retval
, end_value
;
539 static char *end_ptr
;
540 static int in_range
= 0;
544 /* Default case: pp is pointing either to a solo number,
545 or to the first number of a range. */
546 last_retval
= get_number_trailer (pp
, '-');
551 /* This is the start of a range (<number1> - <number2>).
552 Skip the '-', parse and remember the second number,
553 and also remember the end of the final token. */
557 while (isspace ((int) *end_ptr
))
558 end_ptr
++; /* skip white space */
559 end_value
= get_number (temp
);
560 if (end_value
< last_retval
)
562 error (_("inverted range"));
564 else if (end_value
== last_retval
)
566 /* degenerate range (number1 == number2). Advance the
567 token pointer so that the range will be treated as a
576 error (_("negative value"));
579 /* pp points to the '-' that betokens a range. All
580 number-parsing has already been done. Return the next
581 integer value (one greater than the saved previous value).
582 Do not advance the token pointer 'pp' until the end of range
585 if (++last_retval
== end_value
)
587 /* End of range reached; advance token pointer. */
595 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
596 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
599 get_breakpoint (int num
)
601 struct breakpoint
*b
;
604 if (b
->number
== num
)
611 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
614 condition_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
616 struct breakpoint
*b
;
621 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
624 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
626 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
629 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
631 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
632 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
640 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
641 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
645 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
647 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), bnum
);
652 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
653 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
654 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
655 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
656 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
660 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
662 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
665 breakpoints_changed ();
666 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
->number
);
670 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
673 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. */
676 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct command_line
*commands
)
678 free_command_lines (&b
->commands
);
679 b
->commands
= commands
;
680 breakpoints_changed ();
681 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
->number
);
685 commands_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
687 struct breakpoint
*b
;
690 struct command_line
*l
;
692 /* If we allowed this, we would have problems with when to
693 free the storage, if we change the commands currently
696 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
697 error (_("Can't use the \"commands\" command among a breakpoint's commands."));
700 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
703 error (_("Unexpected extra arguments following breakpoint number."));
706 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
708 char *tmpbuf
= xstrprintf ("Type commands for when breakpoint %d is hit, one per line.",
710 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, tmpbuf
);
711 l
= read_command_lines (tmpbuf
, from_tty
, 1);
712 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
713 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, l
);
716 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
719 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
720 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
722 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
723 that are part of if and while bodies. */
724 enum command_control_type
725 commands_from_control_command (char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
727 struct breakpoint
*b
;
731 /* If we allowed this, we would have problems with when to
732 free the storage, if we change the commands currently
735 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
736 error (_("Can't use the \"commands\" command among a breakpoint's commands."));
738 /* An empty string for the breakpoint number means the last
739 breakpoint, but get_number expects a NULL pointer. */
744 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
747 error (_("Unexpected extra arguments following breakpoint number."));
750 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
752 free_command_lines (&b
->commands
);
753 if (cmd
->body_count
!= 1)
754 error (_("Invalid \"commands\" block structure."));
755 /* We need to copy the commands because if/while will free the
756 list after it finishes execution. */
757 b
->commands
= copy_command_lines (cmd
->body_list
[0]);
758 breakpoints_changed ();
759 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
->number
);
760 return simple_control
;
762 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
765 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
768 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
770 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
774 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
775 /* bp isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
780 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
781 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
783 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
784 b->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
785 up to b->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
786 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
787 memaddr ... memaddr + len
788 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
789 memaddr + len <= b->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
791 b->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
794 breakpoint_restore_shadows (gdb_byte
*buf
, ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
796 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary search. */
797 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
799 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF content. It is
800 safe to report lower value but a failure to report higher one. */
803 bc_r
= bp_location_count
;
804 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
806 struct bp_location
*b
;
808 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
811 /* Check first B->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added constant.
812 Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure the BC element can
813 in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR to MEMADDR + LEN range).
815 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety offset so that
816 we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow range tail still reaching
819 if (b
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
>= b
->address
820 && b
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
<= memaddr
)
826 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
828 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_location_count
; bc
++)
830 struct bp_location
*b
= bp_location
[bc
];
831 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
835 if (b
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
836 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
839 /* Performance optimization: any futher element can no longer affect BUF
842 if (b
->address
>= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
843 && memaddr
+ len
<= b
->address
844 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
)
847 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (b
))
849 if (!breakpoint_address_match (b
->target_info
.placed_address_space
, 0,
850 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
853 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
855 bp_addr
= b
->target_info
.placed_address
;
856 bp_size
= b
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
858 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
859 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
863 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
864 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
868 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
869 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
871 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
872 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
873 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
877 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
879 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
880 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
883 memcpy (buf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
884 b
->target_info
.shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
889 /* A wrapper function for inserting catchpoints. */
891 insert_catchpoint (struct ui_out
*uo
, void *args
)
893 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) args
;
896 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
897 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->insert
!= NULL
);
903 is_hardware_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
905 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
906 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
907 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
910 /* Find the current value of a watchpoint on EXP. Return the value in
911 *VALP and *RESULTP and the chain of intermediate and final values
912 in *VAL_CHAIN. RESULTP and VAL_CHAIN may be NULL if the caller does
915 If a memory error occurs while evaluating the expression, *RESULTP will
916 be set to NULL. *RESULTP may be a lazy value, if the result could
917 not be read from memory. It is used to determine whether a value
918 is user-specified (we should watch the whole value) or intermediate
919 (we should watch only the bit used to locate the final value).
921 If the final value, or any intermediate value, could not be read
922 from memory, *VALP will be set to NULL. *VAL_CHAIN will still be
923 set to any referenced values. *VALP will never be a lazy value.
924 This is the value which we store in struct breakpoint.
926 If VAL_CHAIN is non-NULL, *VAL_CHAIN will be released from the
927 value chain. The caller must free the values individually. If
928 VAL_CHAIN is NULL, all generated values will be left on the value
932 fetch_watchpoint_value (struct expression
*exp
, struct value
**valp
,
933 struct value
**resultp
, struct value
**val_chain
)
935 struct value
*mark
, *new_mark
, *result
;
936 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
944 /* Evaluate the expression. */
945 mark
= value_mark ();
948 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
950 result
= evaluate_expression (exp
);
954 /* Ignore memory errors, we want watchpoints pointing at
955 inaccessible memory to still be created; otherwise, throw the
956 error to some higher catcher. */
962 throw_exception (ex
);
967 new_mark
= value_mark ();
968 if (mark
== new_mark
)
973 /* Make sure it's not lazy, so that after the target stops again we
974 have a non-lazy previous value to compare with. */
976 && (!value_lazy (result
) || gdb_value_fetch_lazy (result
)))
981 /* Return the chain of intermediate values. We use this to
982 decide which addresses to watch. */
983 *val_chain
= new_mark
;
984 value_release_to_mark (mark
);
988 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint: returns true if the current thread
989 and its running state are safe to evaluate or update watchpoint B.
990 Watchpoints on local expressions need to be evaluated in the
991 context of the thread that was current when the watchpoint was
992 created, and, that thread needs to be stopped to be able to select
993 the correct frame context. Watchpoints on global expressions can
994 be evaluated on any thread, and in any state. It is presently left
995 to the target allowing memory accesses when threads are
999 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct breakpoint
*b
)
1001 return (ptid_equal (b
->watchpoint_thread
, null_ptid
)
1002 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, b
->watchpoint_thread
)
1003 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
)));
1006 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1007 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1008 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1009 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1011 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1013 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do nothing.
1014 If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete it.
1016 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are removed
1017 + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must never be removed
1018 because they might be missed by a running thread when debugging in non-stop
1019 mode. On the other hand, hardware watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint;
1020 processed here) are specific to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's
1021 hardware debug registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in
1022 order to be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1024 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being presented to the
1025 user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would reset the data used to
1026 present the watchpoint hit to the user. And it must not be done later
1027 because it could display the same single watchpoint hit during multiple GDB
1028 stops. Note that the latter is relevant only to the hardware watchpoint
1029 types bp_read_watchpoint and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by
1030 bp_hardware_watchpoint is not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the
1031 memory content has not changed.
1033 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset hardware
1036 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are called
1037 several times when GDB stops.
1040 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time, causing GDB to
1041 stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint hit at a time as the
1042 reason for stopping, and all the other hits are presented later, one after
1043 the other, each time the user requests the execution to be resumed.
1044 Execution is not resumed for the threads still having pending hit event
1045 stored in LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1046 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being reported
1047 from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address until the real
1048 thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets presented and thus its
1049 LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1051 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the watchpoint
1052 removal from inferior. */
1055 update_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1057 int within_current_scope
;
1058 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1059 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1063 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1064 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1065 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1066 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1069 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in bp_location array and
1070 update_global_locations will eventually delete them and remove
1071 breakpoints if needed. */
1074 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1079 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1080 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1081 within_current_scope
= 1;
1084 struct frame_info
*fi
;
1086 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1087 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1088 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1089 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1092 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1094 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1095 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1096 if (within_current_scope
)
1100 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1109 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1110 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1111 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1112 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1113 be completely different objects. */
1114 value_free (b
->val
);
1119 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1120 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1121 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1122 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1123 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1124 if ( !target_has_execution
)
1126 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1127 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1128 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1130 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1132 struct value
*val_chain
, *v
, *result
, *next
;
1133 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1135 fetch_watchpoint_value (b
->exp
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
);
1137 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1138 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1139 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1140 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly. */
1147 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or an
1148 ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support and free
1149 hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior is started. */
1150 if ((b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
1153 int i
, mem_cnt
, other_type_used
;
1155 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count (bp_hardware_watchpoint
,
1157 mem_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
1160 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1163 int target_resources_ok
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint
1164 (bp_hardware_watchpoint
, i
+ mem_cnt
, other_type_used
);
1165 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
1166 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1168 b
->type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
1172 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1174 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1175 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= next
)
1177 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1178 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1179 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1180 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1181 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1182 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1183 && (v
== val_chain
|| ! value_lazy (v
)))
1185 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1187 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1188 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1189 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1191 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1192 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1196 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1198 addr
= value_address (v
);
1199 len
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
1201 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
1203 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
1206 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1207 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
1210 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
1212 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1213 loc
->address
= addr
;
1215 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
1219 next
= value_next (v
);
1224 /* We just regenerated the list of breakpoint locations.
1225 The new location does not have its condition field set to anything
1226 and therefore, we must always reparse the cond_string, independently
1227 of the value of the reparse flag. */
1228 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
1230 char *s
= b
->cond_string
;
1231 b
->loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1234 else if (!within_current_scope
)
1236 printf_filtered (_("\
1237 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block \n\
1238 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1240 if (b
->related_breakpoint
)
1241 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1242 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1245 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1247 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
1251 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1252 inserted in the inferior. */
1254 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bpt
)
1256 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
->owner
))
1259 if (bpt
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1262 if (!bpt
->enabled
|| bpt
->shlib_disabled
|| bpt
->duplicate
)
1265 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
1266 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
1267 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
1268 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
1269 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
1270 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
1271 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
1272 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
1273 if (bpt
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
1276 /* Tracepoints are inserted by the target at a time of its choosing,
1278 if (bpt
->owner
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
1284 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BPT is the breakpoint.
1285 Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and DISABLED_BREAKS,
1286 and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
1288 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an object-style
1289 method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
1291 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bpt
,
1292 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
1293 int *disabled_breaks
,
1294 int *hw_breakpoint_error
)
1298 if (!should_be_inserted (bpt
) || bpt
->inserted
)
1301 /* Initialize the target-specific information. */
1302 memset (&bpt
->target_info
, 0, sizeof (bpt
->target_info
));
1303 bpt
->target_info
.placed_address
= bpt
->address
;
1304 bpt
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bpt
->pspace
->aspace
;
1306 if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1307 || bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1309 if (bpt
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
1311 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
1312 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
1313 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
1314 Two important cases are:
1315 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
1316 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
1317 hardware breakpoint.
1318 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is read-write.
1319 This means we've previously made the location hardware one, but
1320 then the memory map changed, so we undo.
1322 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will
1323 use location types we've just set here, the only possible
1324 problem is that memory map has changed during running program,
1325 but it's not going to work anyway with current gdb. */
1326 struct mem_region
*mr
1327 = lookup_mem_region (bpt
->target_info
.placed_address
);
1331 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
1334 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
1336 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
1337 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
1339 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
1341 if (new_type
!= bpt
->loc_type
)
1343 static int said
= 0;
1344 bpt
->loc_type
= new_type
;
1347 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
, _("\
1348 Note: automatically using hardware breakpoints for read-only addresses.\n"));
1353 else if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1354 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
1355 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint at readonly address %s"),
1356 paddress (bpt
->gdbarch
, bpt
->address
));
1360 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
1361 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
1362 || bpt
->section
== NULL
1363 || !(section_is_overlay (bpt
->section
)))
1365 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
1367 if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1368 val
= target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bpt
->gdbarch
,
1371 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bpt
->gdbarch
,
1376 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
1377 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
1378 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
1380 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
1381 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
1382 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
1383 if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1384 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
1385 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1388 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bpt
->address
,
1390 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
1391 bpt
->overlay_target_info
= bpt
->target_info
;
1392 bpt
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
1393 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bpt
->gdbarch
,
1394 &bpt
->overlay_target_info
);
1396 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1397 "Overlay breakpoint %d failed: in ROM?\n",
1398 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1401 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
1402 if (section_is_mapped (bpt
->section
))
1404 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
1405 if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1406 val
= target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bpt
->gdbarch
,
1409 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bpt
->gdbarch
,
1414 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
1415 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
1422 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
1423 if (solib_name_from_address (bpt
->pspace
, bpt
->address
))
1425 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
1427 bpt
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
1428 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
1430 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1431 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1432 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1433 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1434 "Temporarily disabling shared library breakpoints:\n");
1436 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
1437 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1438 "breakpoint #%d\n", bpt
->owner
->number
);
1442 if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
1444 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
1445 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1446 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d.\n",
1447 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1451 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1452 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1453 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1454 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
,
1455 "Error accessing memory address ");
1456 fputs_filtered (paddress (bpt
->gdbarch
, bpt
->address
),
1458 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
, ": %s.\n",
1459 safe_strerror (val
));
1470 else if (bpt
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
1471 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
1472 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
1473 && bpt
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1475 val
= target_insert_watchpoint (bpt
->address
,
1477 bpt
->watchpoint_type
);
1478 bpt
->inserted
= (val
!= -1);
1481 else if (bpt
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
1483 struct gdb_exception e
= catch_exception (uiout
, insert_catchpoint
,
1484 bpt
->owner
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
);
1485 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, "warning: inserting catchpoint %d: ",
1486 bpt
->owner
->number
);
1488 bpt
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
1492 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
1493 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
1494 so just return success. */
1501 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
1502 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
1506 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
1508 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
1509 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
1511 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
1512 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
1514 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
1515 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1518 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
1519 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
1520 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
1522 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
1524 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
1526 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
1527 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
1529 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
1530 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
1532 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
1538 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
1539 removed locations above. */
1540 update_global_location_list (0);
1543 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
1544 Throws exception on any error.
1545 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
1546 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
1548 insert_breakpoints (void)
1550 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
1552 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
1553 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
1554 update_watchpoint (bpt
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
1556 update_global_location_list (1);
1558 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
1559 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
1561 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
1562 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
1565 /* insert_breakpoints is used when starting or continuing the program.
1566 remove_breakpoints is used when the program stops.
1567 Both return zero if successful,
1568 or an `errno' value if could not write the inferior. */
1571 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
1573 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
1574 struct bp_location
*b
, **bp_tmp
;
1577 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
1578 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
1580 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
1581 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
1583 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
1584 there was an error. */
1585 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
1587 save_current_space_and_thread ();
1589 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, bp_tmp
)
1591 struct thread_info
*tp
;
1592 CORE_ADDR last_addr
;
1594 if (!should_be_inserted (b
) || b
->inserted
)
1597 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if the
1598 thread no longer exists. */
1599 if (b
->owner
->thread
!= -1
1600 && !valid_thread_id (b
->owner
->thread
))
1603 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
1605 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
1606 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
1607 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
1608 insert breakpoints. */
1609 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
1610 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
1613 val
= insert_bp_location (b
, tmp_error_stream
,
1615 &hw_breakpoint_error
);
1620 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint,
1621 remove them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
1622 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
1624 int some_failed
= 0;
1625 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1627 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
1630 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
1633 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1636 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1637 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
1644 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1646 remove_breakpoint (loc
, mark_uninserted
);
1648 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
1649 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1650 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
1658 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
1659 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
1660 if (hw_breakpoint_error
)
1662 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
1663 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
1664 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
1666 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
1667 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
1670 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
1674 remove_breakpoints (void)
1676 struct bp_location
*b
, **bp_tmp
;
1679 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, bp_tmp
)
1682 val
|= remove_breakpoint (b
, mark_uninserted
);
1687 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
1690 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid
)
1692 struct bp_location
*b
, **b_tmp
;
1694 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
1696 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, b_tmp
)
1698 if (b
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
1703 val
= remove_breakpoint (b
, mark_uninserted
);
1712 remove_hw_watchpoints (void)
1714 struct bp_location
*b
, **bp_tmp
;
1717 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, bp_tmp
)
1719 if (b
->inserted
&& b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
1720 val
|= remove_breakpoint (b
, mark_uninserted
);
1726 reattach_breakpoints (int pid
)
1728 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
1729 struct bp_location
*b
, **bp_tmp
;
1731 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
1732 int dummy1
= 0, dummy2
= 0;
1733 struct inferior
*inf
;
1734 struct thread_info
*tp
;
1736 tp
= any_live_thread_of_process (pid
);
1740 inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
1741 old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
1743 inferior_ptid
= tp
->ptid
;
1745 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
1747 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, bp_tmp
)
1749 if (b
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
1755 val
= insert_bp_location (b
, tmp_error_stream
,
1759 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1764 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1768 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
1770 static struct breakpoint
*
1771 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
1772 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
)
1774 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
1775 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1777 init_sal (&sal
); /* initialize to zeroes */
1780 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
1781 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
1783 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
);
1784 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
1785 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
1791 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (char *func_name
)
1793 struct objfile
*objfile
;
1795 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
1797 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1798 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
1800 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
1804 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
),
1805 SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (m
),
1807 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
1809 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
1811 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
1812 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
1816 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
1817 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
1820 update_global_location_list (1);
1824 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (char *func_name
)
1826 struct program_space
*pspace
;
1827 struct objfile
*objfile
;
1828 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
1830 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
1832 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
1833 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
1835 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1836 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
1838 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (get_objfile_arch (objfile
)))
1841 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
1843 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
1847 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
),
1848 SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (m
),
1850 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
1851 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
1853 update_global_location_list (1);
1855 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1859 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
1861 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1862 struct breakpoint
*temp
;
1863 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
1865 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
1866 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
1867 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
1868 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
1869 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
1870 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
1871 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
1872 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
1873 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
1874 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
1875 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
1877 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
1879 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
1882 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
1883 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
1885 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1889 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
1890 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
1892 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1896 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
1897 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
1898 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
1899 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
1901 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1905 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
1906 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
)
1908 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1912 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
1914 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
)
1916 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1920 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
1922 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
1923 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
1924 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
1925 a new method, and call this method from here. */
1929 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
1930 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
1931 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
1932 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
1933 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
1934 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
1936 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
1937 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
1938 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
1939 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
1940 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
1941 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
1942 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
1944 In the absense of a general solution for the "how do we know
1945 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
1946 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
1947 let finish_command delete it.
1949 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
1950 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
1951 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
1952 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
1953 solib breakpoints.) */
1955 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
1960 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
1961 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
1963 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
1965 delete_breakpoint (b
);
1969 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
1970 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ("_ovly_debug_event");
1971 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("longjmp");
1972 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("_longjmp");
1973 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("siglongjmp");
1974 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("_siglongjmp");
1978 detach_breakpoints (int pid
)
1980 struct bp_location
*b
, **bp_tmp
;
1982 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
1983 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
1985 if (pid
== PIDGET (inferior_ptid
))
1986 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
1988 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
1989 inferior_ptid
= pid_to_ptid (pid
);
1990 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b
, bp_tmp
)
1992 if (b
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
1996 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (b
, mark_inserted
);
1998 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2002 /* Remove the breakpoint location B from the current address space.
2003 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
2004 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
2005 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
2006 *not* look at b->pspace->aspace here. */
2009 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*b
, insertion_state_t is
)
2012 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2014 if (b
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2015 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
2018 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2019 This should not ever happen. */
2020 gdb_assert (b
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
2022 if (b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2023 || b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2025 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
2026 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
2027 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
2029 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2030 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2031 || b
->section
== NULL
2032 || !(section_is_overlay (b
->section
)))
2034 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
2036 if (b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2037 val
= target_remove_hw_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
, &b
->target_info
);
2039 val
= target_remove_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
, &b
->target_info
);
2043 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2044 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2045 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2047 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
2048 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
2050 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
2051 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
2052 if (b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2053 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
,
2054 &b
->overlay_target_info
);
2056 target_remove_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
,
2057 &b
->overlay_target_info
);
2059 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
2060 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
2063 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
2064 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
2065 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
2066 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
2067 if (b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2068 val
= target_remove_hw_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
,
2071 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
2072 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
2073 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
2074 else if (section_is_mapped (b
->section
))
2075 val
= target_remove_breakpoint (b
->gdbarch
,
2082 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
2087 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
2088 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
2089 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
2090 if (val
&& solib_name_from_address (b
->pspace
, b
->address
))
2095 b
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
2097 else if (b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
2102 b
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
2103 val
= target_remove_watchpoint (b
->address
, b
->length
,
2104 b
->watchpoint_type
);
2106 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
2107 if ((is
== mark_uninserted
) && (b
->inserted
))
2108 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
2111 else if (b
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
2112 && breakpoint_enabled (b
->owner
)
2115 gdb_assert (b
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->owner
->ops
->remove
!= NULL
);
2117 val
= b
->owner
->ops
->remove (b
->owner
);
2120 b
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
2127 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*b
, insertion_state_t is
)
2130 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2132 if (b
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2133 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
2136 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
2137 This should not ever happen. */
2138 gdb_assert (b
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
2140 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
2142 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
2144 ret
= remove_breakpoint_1 (b
, is
);
2146 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2150 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
2153 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
2155 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2157 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2158 if (bpt
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
2162 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
2163 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
2165 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
2168 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
2169 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
2170 init_wait_for_inferior). */
2175 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
2177 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
2178 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2180 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
2182 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
2184 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
))
2187 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2189 if (bpt
->pspace
== pspace
2190 && bpt
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
2194 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
2196 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
2202 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
2204 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
2205 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better
2208 Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
2209 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2213 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
2214 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
2215 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
2217 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
2218 if (b
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
2219 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2220 else if (context
== inf_starting
)
2222 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value
2223 in insert_breakpoints. */
2225 value_free (b
->val
);
2235 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
2236 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, bpt
); ++ix
)
2237 free_bp_location (bpt
);
2238 VEC_free (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
);
2241 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
2242 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
2243 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
2244 match, not program space. */
2246 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
2247 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
2248 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
2249 permanent breakpoint.
2250 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
2251 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
2252 - When continuing from a localion with a permanent breakpoint, we
2253 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
2254 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
2256 enum breakpoint_here
2257 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2259 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2260 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
2262 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2264 if (bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2265 && bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2268 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bpt
->owner
)
2269 || bpt
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2270 && breakpoint_address_match (bpt
->pspace
->aspace
, bpt
->address
,
2273 if (overlay_debugging
2274 && section_is_overlay (bpt
->section
)
2275 && !section_is_mapped (bpt
->section
))
2276 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2277 else if (bpt
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
2278 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
2280 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
2284 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: 0;
2287 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
2290 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2292 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2295 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
2296 if (breakpoint_address_match (loc
->pspace
->aspace
, loc
->address
,
2303 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
2304 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array mechanism.
2305 This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which are
2306 inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
2309 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2311 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2313 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2315 if (bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2316 && bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2320 && breakpoint_address_match (bpt
->pspace
->aspace
, bpt
->address
,
2323 if (overlay_debugging
2324 && section_is_overlay (bpt
->section
)
2325 && !section_is_mapped (bpt
->section
))
2326 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2334 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
2335 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
2338 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2340 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
2343 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
2349 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
2353 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
2355 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2356 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
2358 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2360 if (bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
2364 && breakpoint_address_match (bpt
->pspace
->aspace
, bpt
->address
,
2367 if (overlay_debugging
2368 && section_is_overlay (bpt
->section
)
2369 && !section_is_mapped (bpt
->section
))
2370 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2376 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
2377 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
2384 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space
*aspace
,
2385 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
2387 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2389 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2391 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2393 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
2394 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
2397 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
2400 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2401 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
2405 /* Check for intersection. */
2406 l
= max (loc
->address
, addr
);
2407 h
= min (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
2415 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
2416 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
2419 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
2422 struct bp_location
*bpt
, **bptp_tmp
;
2423 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
2427 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt
, bptp_tmp
)
2429 if (bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2430 && bpt
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2433 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
->owner
)
2434 && bpt
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
2437 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bpt
->pspace
->aspace
, bpt
->address
,
2441 if (bpt
->owner
->thread
!= -1)
2443 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
2444 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
2445 it is now time to do so. */
2447 thread
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
2448 if (bpt
->owner
->thread
!= thread
)
2452 if (bpt
->owner
->task
!= 0)
2454 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
2455 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
2456 it is now time to do so. */
2458 task
= ada_get_task_number (ptid
);
2459 if (bpt
->owner
->task
!= task
)
2463 if (overlay_debugging
2464 && section_is_overlay (bpt
->section
)
2465 && !section_is_mapped (bpt
->section
))
2466 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
2475 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
2479 ep_is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
2481 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
2485 bpstat_free (bpstat bs
)
2487 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
2488 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
2489 free_command_lines (&bs
->commands
);
2493 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
2494 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
2497 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
2514 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
2515 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
2518 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
2522 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
2527 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
2529 tmp
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp
));
2530 memcpy (tmp
, bs
, sizeof (*tmp
));
2531 if (bs
->commands
!= NULL
)
2532 tmp
->commands
= copy_command_lines (bs
->commands
);
2533 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
2535 tmp
->old_val
= value_copy (bs
->old_val
);
2536 release_value (tmp
->old_val
);
2540 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
2550 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint */
2553 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
2558 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
2560 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
&& bsp
->breakpoint_at
->owner
== breakpoint
)
2566 /* Find a step_resume breakpoint associated with this bpstat.
2567 (If there are multiple step_resume bp's on the list, this function
2568 will arbitrarily pick one.)
2570 It is an error to use this function if BPSTAT doesn't contain a
2571 step_resume breakpoint.
2573 See wait_for_inferior's use of this function. */
2575 bpstat_find_step_resume_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
)
2579 gdb_assert (bsp
!= NULL
);
2581 current_thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
2583 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
2585 if ((bsp
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
)
2586 && (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->type
== bp_step_resume
)
2587 && (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->thread
== current_thread
2588 || bsp
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->thread
== -1))
2589 return bsp
->breakpoint_at
->owner
;
2592 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("No step_resume breakpoint found."));
2596 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are stopped
2597 at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the remaining
2598 breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be good for
2599 anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
2600 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
2601 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
2603 Return 1 otherwise. */
2606 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
2608 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2611 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
2613 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that
2614 correspond to a single breakpoint -- otherwise,
2615 this function might return the same number more
2616 than once and this will look ugly. */
2617 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
? (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
->owner
: NULL
;
2618 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
2620 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
2622 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
2626 /* Modify BS so that the actions will not be performed. */
2629 bpstat_clear_actions (bpstat bs
)
2631 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
2633 free_command_lines (&bs
->commands
);
2634 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
2636 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
2642 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
2645 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
2647 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
2649 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
2651 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
2652 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
2653 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
2654 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
2659 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
2662 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint command */
2664 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore
)
2666 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 0;
2669 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at this
2670 location. Any of these commands could cause the process to proceed
2671 beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by checking
2672 the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
2674 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
2675 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
2676 bpstat of the current thread. */
2679 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
2682 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2685 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
2687 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
2690 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 1;
2691 old_chain
= make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints
, 0);
2693 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
2696 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
2697 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
2699 struct command_line
*cmd
;
2700 struct cleanup
*this_cmd_tree_chain
;
2702 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
2704 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
2705 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
2706 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
2707 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
2708 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
2709 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
2710 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
2711 the tree when we're done. */
2714 this_cmd_tree_chain
= make_cleanup_free_command_lines (&cmd
);
2718 execute_control_command (cmd
);
2720 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
2726 /* We can free this command tree now. */
2727 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain
);
2729 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
2731 if (target_can_async_p ())
2732 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
2733 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
2734 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
2737 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
2738 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
2739 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
2740 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
2741 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
2742 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
2743 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
2744 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
2745 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
2746 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
2747 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
2748 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
2749 with the new stop_bpstat. */
2754 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2759 bpstat_do_actions (void)
2761 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
2762 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
)
2763 && target_has_execution
2764 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid
)
2765 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))
2766 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
2767 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
2768 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
2769 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
2770 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->stop_bpstat
))
2774 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
2777 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
2780 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
2783 struct value_print_options opts
;
2784 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
2785 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
2789 /* This is the normal print function for a bpstat. In the future,
2790 much of this logic could (should?) be moved to bpstat_stop_status,
2791 by having it set different print_it values.
2793 Current scheme: When we stop, bpstat_print() is called. It loops
2794 through the bpstat list of things causing this stop, calling the
2795 print_bp_stop_message function on each one. The behavior of the
2796 print_bp_stop_message function depends on the print_it field of
2797 bpstat. If such field so indicates, call this function here.
2799 Return values from this routine (ultimately used by bpstat_print()
2800 and normal_stop() to decide what to do):
2801 PRINT_NOTHING: Means we already printed all we needed to print,
2802 don't print anything else.
2803 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, and we do *not* desire
2804 that something to be followed by a location.
2805 PRINT_SCR_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and we *do* desire
2806 that something to be followed by a location.
2807 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing or we need to do some more
2810 static enum print_stop_action
2811 print_it_typical (bpstat bs
)
2813 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2814 struct breakpoint
*b
;
2815 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
2816 struct ui_stream
*stb
;
2818 enum print_stop_action result
;
2820 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
2821 which has since been deleted. */
2822 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
2823 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
2824 bl
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
2827 stb
= ui_out_stream_new (uiout
);
2828 old_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb
);
2833 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
2834 bp_temp
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del
;
2835 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
2836 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
2839 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
2841 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
2843 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nBreakpoint ");
2844 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
2846 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
2847 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
2848 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
2850 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
2851 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
2852 result
= PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
2855 case bp_shlib_event
:
2856 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
2857 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
2858 to shlib event" message.) */
2859 printf_filtered (_("Stopped due to shared library event\n"));
2860 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
2863 case bp_thread_event
:
2864 /* Not sure how we will get here.
2865 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
2866 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
2867 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
2870 case bp_overlay_event
:
2871 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
2872 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
2873 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
2876 case bp_longjmp_master
:
2877 /* These should never be enabled. */
2878 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
2879 result
= PRINT_NOTHING
;
2883 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
2884 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
2885 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
2888 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
2890 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
2891 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
2892 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
->stream
);
2893 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
2894 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
2895 watchpoint_value_print (b
->val
, stb
->stream
);
2896 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
2897 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
2898 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
2899 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
2902 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
2903 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
2906 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
2908 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
2909 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
2910 watchpoint_value_print (b
->val
, stb
->stream
);
2911 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "value", stb
);
2912 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
2913 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
2916 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
2917 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
2919 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
2920 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
2923 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
2925 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
2926 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
2927 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
->stream
);
2928 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
2929 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
2934 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
2937 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
2938 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
2939 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
2941 watchpoint_value_print (b
->val
, stb
->stream
);
2942 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
2943 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
2944 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
2947 /* Fall through, we don't deal with these types of breakpoints
2951 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
2954 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED
));
2955 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
2959 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
2962 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
));
2963 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
2968 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
2969 case bp_step_resume
:
2970 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
2975 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
2979 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2983 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
2984 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
2985 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
2986 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
2989 static enum print_stop_action
2990 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
2992 switch (bs
->print_it
)
2995 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
2996 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3000 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
3001 relevant messages. */
3002 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
3005 case print_it_normal
:
3007 const struct bp_location
*bl
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
3008 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
? bl
->owner
: NULL
;
3010 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method, or
3011 print_it_typical. */
3012 /* FIXME: how breakpoint can ever be NULL here? */
3013 if (b
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_it
!= NULL
)
3014 return b
->ops
->print_it (b
);
3016 return print_it_typical (bs
);
3021 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
3022 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
3027 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
3028 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
3029 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. This
3030 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
3031 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
3032 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
3035 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing
3036 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
3037 code to print the location. An example is
3038 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
3040 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
3041 to also print the location part of the message.
3042 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
3043 don't require a location appended to the end.
3044 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
3045 further info to be printed.*/
3047 enum print_stop_action
3048 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
)
3052 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
3053 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
3054 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
3055 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
3056 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3058 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
3059 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
3060 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
3061 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
3065 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
3066 with and nothing was printed. */
3067 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
3070 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
3071 This is used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
3072 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to char * to
3073 make it pass through catch_errors. */
3076 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp
)
3078 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
3079 int i
= !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression
*) exp
));
3080 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
3084 /* Allocate a new bpstat and chain it to the current one. */
3087 bpstat_alloc (const struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat cbs
/* Current "bs" value */ )
3091 bs
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs
));
3093 bs
->breakpoint_at
= bl
;
3094 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
3095 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
3097 bs
->print_it
= print_it_normal
;
3101 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
3102 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
3105 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
3107 int stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
3109 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3111 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
3113 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
3114 as not triggered. */
3116 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3117 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
3118 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
3119 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
3124 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target
, &addr
))
3126 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
3127 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
3129 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3130 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
3131 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
3132 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
3134 return stopped_by_watchpoint
;
3137 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
3138 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
3142 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3143 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
3144 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
3146 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3149 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
3150 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3151 /* Exact match not required. Within range is
3153 if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target
,
3157 b
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
3165 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
3166 because of check_errors). */
3167 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
3168 #define WP_DELETED 1
3169 /* The value has changed. */
3170 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
3171 /* The value has not changed. */
3172 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
3174 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
3175 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
3177 /* Check watchpoint condition. */
3180 watchpoint_check (void *p
)
3182 bpstat bs
= (bpstat
) p
;
3183 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3184 struct frame_info
*fr
;
3185 int within_current_scope
;
3187 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
;
3189 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
3190 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
3191 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
3192 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
3193 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
3195 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
3196 within_current_scope
= 1;
3199 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
3200 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
3201 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
3203 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
3204 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
3206 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
3207 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
3208 if (within_current_scope
)
3210 struct symbol
*function
;
3212 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
3213 if (function
== NULL
3214 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
3215 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
3216 within_current_scope
= 0;
3219 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're still
3220 in the function but the stack frame has already been invalidated.
3221 Since we can't rely on the values of local variables after the
3222 stack has been destroyed, we are treating the watchpoint in that
3223 state as `not changed' without further checking. Don't mark
3224 watchpoints as changed if the current frame is in an epilogue -
3225 even if they are in some other frame, our view of the stack
3226 is likely to be wrong. */
3227 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
3228 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
3230 if (within_current_scope
)
3231 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
3232 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
3237 if (within_current_scope
)
3239 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a
3240 *long* time before we return to the command level and
3241 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because
3242 we might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
3244 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
3245 struct value
*new_val
;
3247 fetch_watchpoint_value (b
->exp
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
);
3248 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
3249 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal (b
->val
, new_val
)))
3251 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
3253 release_value (new_val
);
3254 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
3256 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
3259 /* We will stop here */
3260 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
3264 /* Nothing changed, don't do anything. */
3265 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
3266 /* We won't stop here */
3267 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
3272 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
3273 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
3274 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
3275 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
3276 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
3277 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
3278 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
3279 the first value assigned). */
3280 /* We print all the stop information in print_it_typical(), but
3281 in this case, by the time we call print_it_typical() this bp
3282 will be deleted already. So we have no choice but print the
3283 information here. */
3284 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3286 (uiout
, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
3287 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nWatchpoint ");
3288 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "wpnum", b
->number
);
3289 ui_out_text (uiout
, " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
3290 which its expression is valid.\n");
3292 if (b
->related_breakpoint
)
3293 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3294 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3300 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
3301 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we
3302 should stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
3304 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
3305 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
)
3307 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
3309 if (b
->type
!= bp_watchpoint
3310 && b
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
3311 && b
->type
!= bp_read_watchpoint
3312 && b
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
3313 && b
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
3314 && b
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
) /* a non-watchpoint bp */
3316 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
3319 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
3320 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3321 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3325 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
3326 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
3327 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
3328 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
3329 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
3330 (did not match the data address). */
3332 if ((b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3333 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
3334 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
3335 && b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
3338 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
3340 if (bl
->address
!= bp_addr
)
3342 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
3343 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3344 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3348 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3350 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit
!= NULL
);
3351 if (!b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (b
))
3358 /* If BS refers to a watchpoint, determine if the watched values
3359 has actually changed, and we should stop. If not, set BS->stop
3362 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
3364 const struct bp_location
*bl
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
3365 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
3367 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
3368 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
3369 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
3370 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
3374 int must_check_value
= 0;
3376 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
3377 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
3379 must_check_value
= 1;
3380 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
3381 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
3382 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
3384 must_check_value
= 1;
3385 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
3386 && b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
3387 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
3388 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
3389 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
3390 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
3391 must_check_value
= 1;
3393 if (must_check_value
)
3395 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
3397 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
3398 int e
= catch_errors (watchpoint_check
, bs
, message
,
3400 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
3404 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
3405 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
3408 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
3409 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
3411 /* Don't stop: read watchpoints shouldn't fire if
3412 the value has changed. This is for targets
3413 which cannot set read-only watchpoints. */
3414 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3418 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
3419 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
3420 || b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
3422 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
3423 the value hasn't changed. */
3424 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3432 /* Error from catch_errors. */
3433 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b
->number
);
3434 if (b
->related_breakpoint
)
3435 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3436 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3437 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
3438 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
3442 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
3444 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
3445 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
3446 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
3447 anything for this watchpoint. */
3448 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3455 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
3456 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
3457 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
3459 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, ptid_t ptid
)
3461 int thread_id
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
3462 const struct bp_location
*bl
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
3463 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
3465 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
3466 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
3470 int value_is_zero
= 0;
3472 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
3473 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
3474 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
3476 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
3477 b
->related_breakpoint
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
3479 if (bl
->cond
&& bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
3481 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
3482 be a long time before we return to the command level and
3483 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
3484 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
3486 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
3488 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
3489 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
3490 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
3491 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
3492 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
3494 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
3496 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval
, (bl
->cond
),
3497 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
3499 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint # */
3500 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
3502 if (bl
->cond
&& value_is_zero
)
3506 else if (b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= thread_id
)
3510 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
3513 annotate_ignore_count_change ();
3515 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't
3523 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
3524 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
3526 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
3527 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such that:
3529 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
3531 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
3533 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
3534 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
3535 several reasons concurrently.)
3537 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
3538 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
3541 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space
*aspace
,
3542 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, ptid_t ptid
)
3544 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
3545 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3546 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3547 /* Root of the chain of bpstat's */
3548 struct bpstats root_bs
[1];
3549 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
3550 bpstat bs
= root_bs
;
3552 int need_remove_insert
, update_locations
= 0;
3554 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3558 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
3561 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first location.
3562 The watchpoint_check function will work on entire expression,
3563 not the individual locations. For read watchopints, the
3564 watchpoints_triggered function have checked all locations
3566 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
3569 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
))
3572 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address matches */
3574 bs
= bpstat_alloc (bl
, bs
); /* Alloc a bpstat to explain stop */
3576 /* Assume we stop. Should we find watchpoint that is not actually
3577 triggered, or if condition of breakpoint is false, we'll reset
3582 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
3586 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3587 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
3588 /* We do not stop for these. */
3591 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, ptid
);
3595 if (b
->enable_state
!= bp_disabled
)
3598 /* We will stop here */
3599 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
3601 if (b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
3602 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3603 update_locations
= 1;
3607 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
3609 && (strcmp ("silent", bs
->commands
->line
) == 0
3610 || (xdb_commands
&& strcmp ("Q", bs
->commands
->line
) == 0)))
3612 bs
->commands
= bs
->commands
->next
;
3615 bs
->commands
= copy_command_lines (bs
->commands
);
3618 /* Print nothing for this entry if we dont stop or if we dont print. */
3619 if (bs
->stop
== 0 || bs
->print
== 0)
3620 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3623 /* Delay this call which would break the ALL_BP_LOCATIONS iteration above. */
3624 if (update_locations
)
3625 update_global_location_list (0);
3627 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
3629 if (breakpoint_address_match (loc
->pspace
->aspace
, loc
->address
,
3632 bs
= bpstat_alloc (loc
, bs
);
3633 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
3636 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
3640 bs
->next
= NULL
; /* Terminate the chain */
3641 bs
= root_bs
->next
; /* Re-grab the head of the chain */
3643 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
3644 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
3645 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
3647 for (bs
= root_bs
->next
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3651 need_remove_insert
= 0;
3653 for (bs
= root_bs
->next
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3655 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
3656 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
))
3658 update_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
3659 /* Updating watchpoints invalidates bs->breakpoint_at.
3660 Prevent further code from trying to use it. */
3661 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
3662 need_remove_insert
= 1;
3665 if (need_remove_insert
)
3666 update_global_location_list (1);
3668 return root_bs
->next
;
3671 /* Tell what to do about this bpstat. */
3673 bpstat_what (bpstat bs
)
3675 /* Classify each bpstat as one of the following. */
3678 /* This bpstat element has no effect on the main_action. */
3681 /* There was a watchpoint, stop but don't print. */
3684 /* There was a watchpoint, stop and print. */
3687 /* There was a breakpoint but we're not stopping. */
3690 /* There was a breakpoint, stop but don't print. */
3693 /* There was a breakpoint, stop and print. */
3696 /* We hit the longjmp breakpoint. */
3699 /* We hit the longjmp_resume breakpoint. */
3702 /* We hit the step_resume breakpoint. */
3705 /* We hit the shared library event breakpoint. */
3708 /* We hit the jit event breakpoint. */
3711 /* This is just used to count how many enums there are. */
3715 /* Here is the table which drives this routine. So that we can
3716 format it pretty, we define some abbreviations for the
3717 enum bpstat_what codes. */
3718 #define kc BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
3719 #define ss BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
3720 #define sn BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
3721 #define sgl BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
3722 #define slr BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
3723 #define clr BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
3724 #define sr BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
3725 #define shl BPSTAT_WHAT_CHECK_SHLIBS
3726 #define jit BPSTAT_WHAT_CHECK_JIT
3728 /* "Can't happen." Might want to print an error message.
3729 abort() is not out of the question, but chances are GDB is just
3730 a bit confused, not unusable. */
3731 #define err BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
3733 /* Given an old action and a class, come up with a new action. */
3734 /* One interesting property of this table is that wp_silent is the same
3735 as bp_silent and wp_noisy is the same as bp_noisy. That is because
3736 after stopping, the check for whether to step over a breakpoint
3737 (BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE type stuff) is handled in proceed() without
3738 reference to how we stopped. We retain separate wp_silent and
3739 bp_silent codes in case we want to change that someday.
3741 Another possibly interesting property of this table is that
3742 there's a partial ordering, priority-like, of the actions. Once
3743 you've decided that some action is appropriate, you'll never go
3744 back and decide something of a lower priority is better. The
3747 kc < jit clr sgl shl slr sn sr ss
3748 sgl < jit shl slr sn sr ss
3749 slr < jit err shl sn sr ss
3750 clr < jit err shl sn sr ss
3757 What I think this means is that we don't need a damned table
3758 here. If you just put the rows and columns in the right order,
3759 it'd look awfully regular. We could simply walk the bpstat list
3760 and choose the highest priority action we find, with a little
3761 logic to handle the 'err' cases. */
3763 /* step_resume entries: a step resume breakpoint overrides another
3764 breakpoint of signal handling (see comment in wait_for_inferior
3765 at where we set the step_resume breakpoint). */
3767 static const enum bpstat_what_main_action
3768 table
[(int) class_last
][(int) BPSTAT_WHAT_LAST
] =
3771 /* kc ss sn sgl slr clr sr shl jit */
3772 /* no_effect */ {kc
, ss
, sn
, sgl
, slr
, clr
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3773 /* wp_silent */ {ss
, ss
, sn
, ss
, ss
, ss
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3774 /* wp_noisy */ {sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3775 /* bp_nostop */ {sgl
, ss
, sn
, sgl
, slr
, slr
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3776 /* bp_silent */ {ss
, ss
, sn
, ss
, ss
, ss
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3777 /* bp_noisy */ {sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sn
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3778 /* long_jump */ {slr
, ss
, sn
, slr
, slr
, err
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3779 /* long_resume */ {clr
, ss
, sn
, err
, err
, err
, sr
, shl
, jit
},
3780 /* step_resume */ {sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
, sr
},
3781 /* shlib */ {shl
, shl
, shl
, shl
, shl
, shl
, sr
, shl
, shl
},
3782 /* jit_event */ {jit
, jit
, jit
, jit
, jit
, jit
, sr
, jit
, jit
}
3796 enum bpstat_what_main_action current_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
3797 struct bpstat_what retval
;
3799 retval
.call_dummy
= 0;
3800 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3802 enum class bs_class
= no_effect
;
3803 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
3804 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary breakpoint
3805 which has since been deleted. */
3807 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
== NULL
)
3808 bs_class
= bp_nostop
;
3810 switch (bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->type
)
3816 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
3822 bs_class
= bp_noisy
;
3824 bs_class
= bp_silent
;
3827 bs_class
= bp_nostop
;
3830 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
3831 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
3832 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
3836 bs_class
= wp_noisy
;
3838 bs_class
= wp_silent
;
3841 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
3842 This requires no further action. */
3843 bs_class
= no_effect
;
3846 bs_class
= long_jump
;
3848 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
3849 bs_class
= long_resume
;
3851 case bp_step_resume
:
3854 bs_class
= step_resume
;
3857 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
3858 bs_class
= bp_nostop
;
3860 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
3861 bs_class
= bp_nostop
;
3863 case bp_shlib_event
:
3864 bs_class
= shlib_event
;
3867 bs_class
= jit_event
;
3869 case bp_thread_event
:
3870 case bp_overlay_event
:
3871 case bp_longjmp_master
:
3872 bs_class
= bp_nostop
;
3878 bs_class
= bp_noisy
;
3880 bs_class
= bp_silent
;
3883 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
3884 This requires no further action. */
3885 bs_class
= no_effect
;
3888 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
3889 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
3890 bs_class
= bp_silent
;
3891 retval
.call_dummy
= 1;
3894 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
3895 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
3897 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
3898 _("bpstat_what: bp_tracepoint encountered"));
3901 current_action
= table
[(int) bs_class
][(int) current_action
];
3903 retval
.main_action
= current_action
;
3907 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
3908 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
3909 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
3912 bpstat_should_step (void)
3914 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3916 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
3922 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
3924 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
3933 static void print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
3934 struct bp_location
*loc
,
3936 struct ui_stream
*stb
)
3938 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3941 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
3946 = find_pc_sect_function (loc
->address
, loc
->section
);
3949 ui_out_text (uiout
, "in ");
3950 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
3951 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
3952 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout
, wrap_indent
);
3953 ui_out_text (uiout
, " at ");
3955 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file", b
->source_file
);
3956 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
3958 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
3960 struct symtab_and_line sal
= find_pc_line (loc
->address
, 0);
3961 char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
);
3964 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
3967 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", b
->line_number
);
3971 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "pending", b
->addr_string
);
3975 print_address_symbolic (loc
->address
, stb
->stream
, demangle
, "");
3976 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "at", stb
);
3979 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3982 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
3984 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
3985 struct bp_location
*loc
,
3987 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
3988 int print_address_bits
,
3991 struct command_line
*l
;
3993 struct ep_type_description
3998 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
4000 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
4001 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
4002 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
4003 {bp_until
, "until"},
4004 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
4005 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
4006 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
4007 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
4008 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
4009 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
4010 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
4011 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
4012 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
4013 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
4014 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
4015 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
4016 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
4017 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
4018 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
4019 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
4020 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
4023 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
4024 char wrap_indent
[80];
4025 struct ui_stream
*stb
= ui_out_stream_new (uiout
);
4026 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb
);
4027 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
;
4029 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
4030 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
4031 struct value_print_options opts
;
4033 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4035 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
4036 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning
4037 treatment of breakpoints with single disabled
4041 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
4042 header_of_multiple
= 1;
4047 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "bkpt");
4051 if (part_of_multiple
)
4054 formatted
= xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
4055 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "number", formatted
);
4060 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
4065 if (part_of_multiple
)
4066 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "type");
4069 if (((int) b
->type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
4070 || ((int) b
->type
!= bptypes
[(int) b
->type
].type
))
4071 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4072 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
4074 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "type", bptypes
[(int) b
->type
].description
);
4079 if (part_of_multiple
)
4080 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "disp");
4082 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
4087 if (part_of_multiple
)
4088 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
4090 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout
, "enabled", "%c",
4091 bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
4092 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 2);
4096 strcpy (wrap_indent
, " ");
4097 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4099 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
4100 strcat (wrap_indent
, " ");
4102 strcat (wrap_indent
, " ");
4105 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
4107 /* Although the print_one can possibly print
4108 all locations, calling it here is not likely
4109 to get any nice result. So, make sure there's
4110 just one location. */
4111 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
4112 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
4118 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4119 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
4123 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4124 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4125 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4126 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
4127 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
4128 is relatively readable). */
4129 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4130 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
4132 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", b
->exp_string
);
4136 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
4140 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
4141 case bp_step_resume
:
4142 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
4144 case bp_shlib_event
:
4145 case bp_thread_event
:
4146 case bp_overlay_event
:
4147 case bp_longjmp_master
:
4150 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4153 if (header_of_multiple
)
4154 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
4155 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
4156 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
4158 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
4159 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
4162 if (!header_of_multiple
)
4163 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, wrap_indent
, stb
);
4170 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors unless there
4173 && !header_of_multiple
4175 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
4176 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
4177 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
4178 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
)))
4180 struct inferior
*inf
;
4183 for (inf
= inferior_list
; inf
!= NULL
; inf
= inf
->next
)
4185 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
4190 ui_out_text (uiout
, " inf ");
4193 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
4194 ui_out_text (uiout
, plongest (inf
->num
));
4199 if (!part_of_multiple
)
4201 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
4203 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
4204 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
4205 ui_out_text (uiout
, " thread ");
4206 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
4208 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
4210 ui_out_text (uiout
, " task ");
4211 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "task", b
->task
);
4215 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4217 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
4220 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
4221 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poeking around inside
4223 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "frame",
4224 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
4225 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4228 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
&& !ada_exception_catchpoint_p (b
))
4230 /* We do not print the condition for Ada exception catchpoints
4231 because the condition is an internal implementation detail
4232 that we do not want to expose to the user. */
4234 if (b
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
4235 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace only if ");
4237 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only if ");
4238 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "cond", b
->cond_string
);
4239 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4242 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
4244 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this */
4245 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in thread ");
4246 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
4247 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4250 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->hit_count
)
4252 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this */
4253 if (ep_is_catchpoint (b
))
4254 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tcatchpoint");
4256 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tbreakpoint");
4257 ui_out_text (uiout
, " already hit ");
4258 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
4259 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
4260 ui_out_text (uiout
, " time\n");
4262 ui_out_text (uiout
, " times\n");
4265 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is
4266 mi. FIXME: Should have a better test for this. */
4267 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
4268 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->hit_count
== 0)
4269 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
4271 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
4274 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tignore next ");
4275 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
4276 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
4280 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
4282 struct cleanup
*script_chain
;
4285 script_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "script");
4286 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
4287 do_cleanups (script_chain
);
4290 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->pass_count
)
4292 annotate_field (10);
4293 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tpass count ");
4294 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "pass", b
->pass_count
);
4295 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
4298 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->step_count
)
4300 annotate_field (11);
4301 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstep count ");
4302 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "step", b
->step_count
);
4303 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
4306 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->actions
)
4308 struct action_line
*action
;
4309 annotate_field (12);
4310 for (action
= b
->actions
; action
; action
= action
->next
)
4312 ui_out_text (uiout
, " A\t");
4313 ui_out_text (uiout
, action
->action
);
4314 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
4318 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
) && !part_of_multiple
)
4321 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", b
->addr_string
);
4322 else if (b
->exp_string
)
4323 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", b
->exp_string
);
4326 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
4327 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4331 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
4332 struct bp_location
**last_loc
, int print_address_bits
,
4335 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
,
4336 print_address_bits
, allflag
);
4338 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
4339 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
4340 locations, if any. */
4341 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
4343 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is
4344 disabled, we print it as if it had
4345 several locations, since otherwise it's hard to
4346 represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
4348 Note that while hardware watchpoints have
4349 several locations internally, that's no a property
4352 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
4353 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)
4354 && !ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
4356 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4358 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
4359 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
,
4360 print_address_bits
, allflag
);
4366 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
4368 int print_address_bits
= 0;
4369 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4371 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4373 int addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
4374 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
4375 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
4378 return print_address_bits
;
4381 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
4387 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, void *data
)
4389 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*args
= data
;
4390 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4391 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
4394 if (args
->bnum
== b
->number
)
4396 int print_address_bits
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
4397 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, print_address_bits
, 0);
4405 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, int bnum
, char **error_message
)
4407 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args
;
4409 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
4411 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout
, do_captured_breakpoint_query
, &args
,
4412 error_message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
) < 0)
4418 /* Return non-zero if B is user settable (breakpoints, watchpoints,
4419 catchpoints, et.al.). */
4422 user_settable_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
4424 return (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
4425 || b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
4426 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
4427 || b
->type
== bp_tracepoint
4428 || b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
4429 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
4430 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
4431 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
);
4434 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
4435 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user settable breakpoints.
4436 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non- user settable breakpoints. */
4439 breakpoint_1 (int bnum
, int allflag
)
4441 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4442 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
4443 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
4444 struct cleanup
*bkpttbl_chain
;
4445 struct value_print_options opts
;
4446 int print_address_bits
= 0;
4448 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4450 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the
4451 size required for address fields. */
4452 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
4455 || bnum
== b
->number
)
4457 if (allflag
|| user_settable_breakpoint (b
))
4459 int addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
4460 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
4461 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
4463 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
4467 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4469 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 6, nr_printable_breakpoints
,
4473 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 5, nr_printable_breakpoints
,
4476 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4477 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
4478 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4480 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
4481 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4483 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 14, ui_left
, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
4484 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4486 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
4487 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4489 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
4490 if (opts
.addressprint
)
4492 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4494 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
4495 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 10, ui_left
, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
4497 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 18, ui_left
, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
4499 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4501 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
4502 ui_out_table_body (uiout
);
4503 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
4504 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
4508 || bnum
== b
->number
)
4510 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
4512 if (allflag
|| user_settable_breakpoint (b
))
4513 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, print_address_bits
, allflag
);
4516 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain
);
4518 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
4521 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
4523 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No breakpoint or watchpoint number %d.\n",
4528 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
4529 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
4532 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
4533 there have been breakpoints? */
4534 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
4538 breakpoints_info (char *bnum_exp
, int from_tty
)
4543 bnum
= parse_and_eval_long (bnum_exp
);
4545 breakpoint_1 (bnum
, 0);
4549 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *bnum_exp
, int from_tty
)
4554 bnum
= parse_and_eval_long (bnum_exp
);
4556 breakpoint_1 (bnum
, 1);
4560 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
4561 struct program_space
*pspace
,
4562 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
4564 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
4565 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
4567 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
4568 && bl
->address
== pc
4569 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
4575 /* Print a message describing any breakpoints set at PC. This
4576 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
4580 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
4581 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
4582 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
4585 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4588 others
+= breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
);
4592 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
4593 else /* if (others == ???) */
4594 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
4596 if (breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
4599 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
4600 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
4601 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
4602 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
4603 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
4604 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
4605 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
4606 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
4607 || b
->enable_state
== bp_startup_disabled
)
4609 : b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
4613 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
4615 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
4616 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
4617 printf_filtered (".\n");
4621 /* Set the default place to put a breakpoint
4622 for the `break' command with no arguments. */
4625 set_default_breakpoint (int valid
, struct program_space
*pspace
,
4626 CORE_ADDR addr
, struct symtab
*symtab
,
4629 default_breakpoint_valid
= valid
;
4630 default_breakpoint_pspace
= pspace
;
4631 default_breakpoint_address
= addr
;
4632 default_breakpoint_symtab
= symtab
;
4633 default_breakpoint_line
= line
;
4636 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
4637 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
4638 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
4639 (or use it for any other purpose either).
4641 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will always
4642 have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark breakpoints of any of
4643 these types to be a duplicate of an actual breakpoint at address zero:
4651 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
4653 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
4655 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
&& type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
4658 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
4659 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
4662 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
, struct bp_location
*loc2
)
4664 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
4665 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
4666 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
4667 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
4670 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
4671 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
4672 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
4673 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
4676 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
4677 struct address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
4679 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
)
4680 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
4684 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
4685 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
4686 represent the same location. */
4689 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
, struct bp_location
*loc2
)
4691 int hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
4692 int hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
4694 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
4697 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
4699 return breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
4700 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
);
4704 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
4705 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
4710 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
4711 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
4713 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
4714 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
4716 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
4719 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural constraints
4720 on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address. Note: Very
4721 few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most targets,
4722 this function is simply the identity function. */
4725 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
4726 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
4728 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
4730 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
4733 else if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
4734 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
4735 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
4736 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
4737 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
4739 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
4740 have their addresses modified. */
4745 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
;
4747 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
4748 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
4749 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
4751 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
4752 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
4754 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
4755 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
4757 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
4761 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
4763 static struct bp_location
*
4764 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
4766 struct bp_location
*loc
, *loc_p
;
4768 loc
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct bp_location
));
4769 memset (loc
, 0, sizeof (*loc
));
4773 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
4783 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
4784 case bp_step_resume
:
4785 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
4787 case bp_shlib_event
:
4788 case bp_thread_event
:
4789 case bp_overlay_event
:
4791 case bp_longjmp_master
:
4792 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
4794 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
4795 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
4797 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
4798 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
4799 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
4800 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
4804 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
4807 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
4813 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
4818 if (loc
->function_name
)
4819 xfree (loc
->function_name
);
4824 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
4825 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
4826 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made static. */
4828 static struct breakpoint
*
4829 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
4832 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b1
;
4834 b
= (struct breakpoint
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct breakpoint
));
4835 memset (b
, 0, sizeof (*b
));
4838 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
4839 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
4840 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
4842 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
4845 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
4847 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
4848 b
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
4849 b
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
4850 b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
= NULL
;
4852 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
4854 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain
4855 so that a list of breakpoints will come out in order
4856 of increasing numbers. */
4858 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
4860 breakpoint_chain
= b
;
4870 /* Initialize loc->function_name. */
4872 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
)
4874 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
4875 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
4876 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
4878 find_pc_partial_function (loc
->address
, &(loc
->function_name
),
4880 if (loc
->function_name
)
4881 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (loc
->function_name
);
4885 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
4886 static struct gdbarch
*
4887 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
4890 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
4892 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.symtab
->objfile
);
4897 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
4898 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
4899 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
4900 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
4901 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
4902 is also returned as the value of this function.
4904 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
4905 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
4906 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
4907 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
4908 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
4909 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
4910 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
4913 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
4914 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
)
4916 struct breakpoint
*b
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (gdbarch
, bptype
);
4917 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
4918 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
;
4920 loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
4922 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
4924 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
4925 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
4927 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
4928 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
4929 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
4930 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
4931 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
4932 location that's only been partially initialized. */
4933 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
, sal
.pc
, b
->type
);
4935 b
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
4936 b
->loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
4937 b
->loc
->requested_address
= sal
.pc
;
4938 b
->loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
4939 b
->loc
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
4941 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint, for
4942 breakpoint resetting. */
4943 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
4945 if (sal
.symtab
== NULL
)
4946 b
->source_file
= NULL
;
4948 b
->source_file
= xstrdup (sal
.symtab
->filename
);
4949 b
->loc
->section
= sal
.section
;
4950 b
->line_number
= sal
.line
;
4952 set_breakpoint_location_function (b
->loc
);
4954 breakpoints_changed ();
4960 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
4961 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
4963 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint
*b
)
4965 struct bp_location
*bl
;
4966 b
->enable_state
= bp_permanent
;
4968 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the code.
4969 Mark all locations as inserted. For now, make_breakpoint_permanent
4970 is called in just one place, so it's hard to say if it's reasonable
4971 to have permanent breakpoint with multiple locations or not,
4972 but it's easy to implmement. */
4973 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
4977 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
4978 if we do a longjmp() in THREAD. When we hit that breakpoint, call
4979 set_longjmp_resume_breakpoint() to figure out where we are going. */
4982 set_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
4984 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
4986 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
4987 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
4988 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
4989 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
4990 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
4991 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
4992 && b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
4994 struct breakpoint
*clone
= clone_momentary_breakpoint (b
);
4995 clone
->type
= bp_longjmp
;
4996 clone
->thread
= thread
;
5000 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
5002 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
5004 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
5006 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
5007 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
)
5009 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
5010 delete_breakpoint (b
);
5015 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
5017 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5020 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
5022 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5023 update_global_location_list (1);
5024 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
5029 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
5031 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5034 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
5036 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5037 update_global_location_list (0);
5038 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
5043 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
5045 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5047 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
);
5049 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5050 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
5052 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
5054 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
5060 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
5062 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
5064 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
5065 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
5066 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
5067 delete_breakpoint (b
);
5070 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args
5073 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals_p
;
5074 char ***addr_string_p
;
5078 struct lang_and_radix
5084 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
5087 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
5089 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5091 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
);
5092 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
5097 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
5099 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
5101 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
5102 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
5103 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
5104 delete_breakpoint (b
);
5108 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
5110 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5112 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
);
5113 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
5117 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
5118 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
5121 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
5123 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
5125 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
5127 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
5128 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled
5129 for those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
5130 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to insert
5131 all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here, we'll try
5132 to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
5133 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
5134 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
5135 || (b
->type
== bp_tracepoint
))
5136 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
5137 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
5139 && PC_SOLIB (loc
->address
)
5141 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
5145 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
5150 /* Disable any breakpoints that are in in an unloaded shared library. Only
5151 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
5154 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
5156 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
5157 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
5159 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
5160 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
5161 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
5162 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
5163 if (exec_bfd
!= NULL
5164 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd
) == bfd_target_aout_flavour
)
5167 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
5169 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
5170 if ((loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
5171 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
5172 && solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
5173 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
5174 && (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
5175 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
5177 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
5178 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
5179 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
5180 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
5182 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
5184 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5185 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
5188 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
5193 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
5195 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
5198 insert_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5200 target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
5203 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
5206 remove_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5208 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
5211 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
5215 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5217 return inferior_has_forked (inferior_ptid
, &b
->forked_inferior_pid
);
5220 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
5222 static enum print_stop_action
5223 print_it_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5225 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
5226 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (forked process %d), "),
5227 b
->number
, ptid_get_pid (b
->forked_inferior_pid
));
5228 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
5231 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork catchpoints. */
5234 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
5236 struct value_print_options opts
;
5238 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5240 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5241 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5242 is relatively readable). */
5243 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5244 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
5246 ui_out_text (uiout
, "fork");
5247 if (!ptid_equal (b
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
5249 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
5250 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
5251 ptid_get_pid (b
->forked_inferior_pid
));
5252 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
5256 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
5260 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5262 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
5265 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
5267 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
=
5271 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
,
5272 print_it_catch_fork
,
5273 print_one_catch_fork
,
5274 print_mention_catch_fork
5277 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
5280 insert_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5282 target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
5285 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
5288 remove_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5290 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
5293 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
5297 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5299 return inferior_has_vforked (inferior_ptid
, &b
->forked_inferior_pid
);
5302 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
5304 static enum print_stop_action
5305 print_it_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5307 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
5308 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (vforked process %d), "),
5309 b
->number
, ptid_get_pid (b
->forked_inferior_pid
));
5310 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
5313 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork catchpoints. */
5316 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
5318 struct value_print_options opts
;
5320 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5321 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5322 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5323 is relatively readable). */
5324 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5325 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
5327 ui_out_text (uiout
, "vfork");
5328 if (!ptid_equal (b
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
5330 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
5331 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
5332 ptid_get_pid (b
->forked_inferior_pid
));
5333 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
5337 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
5341 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5343 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
5346 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
5348 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
=
5352 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
,
5353 print_it_catch_vfork
,
5354 print_one_catch_vfork
,
5355 print_mention_catch_vfork
5358 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
5362 insert_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5364 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
5366 ++inf
->total_syscalls_count
;
5367 if (!b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
5368 ++inf
->any_syscall_count
;
5373 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
5377 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
))
5379 int old_size
= VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
);
5380 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
= old_size
* ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
5382 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
+ 1);
5383 vec_addr
= (uintptr_t) VEC_address (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
) +
5385 memset ((void *) vec_addr
, 0,
5386 (iter
+ 1 - old_size
) * sizeof (int));
5388 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
5389 VEC_replace (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, ++elem
);
5393 target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
5394 inf
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
5395 inf
->any_syscall_count
,
5396 VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
),
5397 VEC_address (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
));
5400 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
5404 remove_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5406 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
5408 --inf
->total_syscalls_count
;
5409 if (!b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
5410 --inf
->any_syscall_count
;
5415 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
5419 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
))
5420 /* Shouldn't happen. */
5422 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
5423 VEC_replace (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, --elem
);
5427 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
5428 inf
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
5429 inf
->any_syscall_count
,
5430 VEC_length (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
),
5431 VEC_address (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
));
5434 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
5438 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5440 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this breakpoint.
5441 If we are, then we must guarantee that the called syscall is the same
5442 syscall we are catching. */
5443 int syscall_number
= 0;
5445 if (!inferior_has_called_syscall (inferior_ptid
, &syscall_number
))
5448 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
5449 if (b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
5453 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
5455 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
5465 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
5468 static enum print_stop_action
5469 print_it_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5471 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
5472 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
5473 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
5474 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
5476 struct target_waitstatus last
;
5478 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
5481 get_last_target_status (&ptid
, &last
);
5483 get_syscall_by_number (last
.value
.syscall_number
, &s
);
5485 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
5488 syscall_id
= xstrprintf ("%d", last
.value
.syscall_number
);
5490 syscall_id
= xstrprintf ("'%s'", s
.name
);
5492 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, syscall_id
);
5494 if (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
)
5495 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (call to syscall %s), "),
5496 b
->number
, syscall_id
);
5497 else if (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN
)
5498 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (returned from syscall %s), "),
5499 b
->number
, syscall_id
);
5501 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
5503 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
5506 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
5510 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5511 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
5513 struct value_print_options opts
;
5515 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5516 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5517 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5518 is relatively readable). */
5519 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5520 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
5523 if (b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
5524 && VEC_length (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
5525 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscalls \"");
5527 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscall \"");
5529 if (b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
5532 char *text
= xstrprintf ("%s", "");
5534 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
5539 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
5542 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text
, s
.name
);
5544 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text
, iter
);
5546 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
5547 because xstrprintf dinamically allocates new space for it
5551 /* Remove the last comma. */
5552 text
[strlen (text
) - 2] = '\0';
5553 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", text
);
5556 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "<any syscall>");
5557 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
5560 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
5564 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5566 if (b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
5570 if (VEC_length (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
5571 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b
->number
);
5573 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b
->number
);
5576 VEC_iterate (int, b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
5580 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
5583 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s
.name
, s
.number
);
5585 printf_filtered (" %d", s
.number
);
5587 printf_filtered (")");
5590 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
5594 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
5596 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
=
5598 insert_catch_syscall
,
5599 remove_catch_syscall
,
5600 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall
,
5601 print_it_catch_syscall
,
5602 print_one_catch_syscall
,
5603 print_mention_catch_syscall
5606 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
5609 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5611 return (b
->ops
== &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
5614 /* Create a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind and return it,
5615 but does NOT mention it nor update the global location list.
5616 This is useful if you need to fill more fields in the
5617 struct breakpoint before calling mention.
5619 If TEMPFLAG is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary.
5620 If COND_STRING is not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint.
5621 OPS, if not NULL, is the breakpoint_ops structure associated
5622 to the catchpoint. */
5624 static struct breakpoint
*
5625 create_catchpoint_without_mention (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
5627 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
5629 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
5630 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5633 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
5635 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
);
5636 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
5637 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
5639 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
5641 b
->addr_string
= NULL
;
5642 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5643 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
5649 /* Create a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind and return it.
5651 If TEMPFLAG is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary.
5652 If COND_STRING is not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint.
5653 OPS, if not NULL, is the breakpoint_ops structure associated
5654 to the catchpoint. */
5656 static struct breakpoint
*
5657 create_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
5658 char *cond_string
, struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
5660 struct breakpoint
*b
=
5661 create_catchpoint_without_mention (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
5664 update_global_location_list (1);
5670 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
5671 int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
5672 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
5674 struct breakpoint
*b
5675 = create_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
5677 /* FIXME: We should put this information in a breakpoint private data
5679 b
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
5682 /* Exec catchpoints. */
5685 insert_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5687 target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
5691 remove_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5693 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
5697 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5699 return inferior_has_execd (inferior_ptid
, &b
->exec_pathname
);
5702 static enum print_stop_action
5703 print_it_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5705 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
5706 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (exec'd %s), "), b
->number
,
5708 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
5712 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
5714 struct value_print_options opts
;
5716 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5718 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5719 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5720 is relatively readable). */
5721 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5722 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
5724 ui_out_text (uiout
, "exec");
5725 if (b
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
5727 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", program \"");
5728 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", b
->exec_pathname
);
5729 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
5734 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5736 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
5739 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
=
5743 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
,
5744 print_it_catch_exec
,
5745 print_one_catch_exec
,
5746 print_mention_catch_exec
5750 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag
, VEC(int) *filter
,
5751 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
5753 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
5754 struct breakpoint
*b
=
5755 create_catchpoint_without_mention (gdbarch
, tempflag
, NULL
, ops
);
5757 b
->syscalls_to_be_caught
= filter
;
5759 /* Now, we have to mention the breakpoint and update the global
5762 update_global_location_list (1);
5766 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
5768 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5773 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5781 hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
5783 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5786 *other_type_used
= 0;
5789 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5791 if (b
->type
== type
)
5793 else if ((b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5794 || b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
5795 || b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
))
5796 *other_type_used
= 1;
5803 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
5805 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5809 if (((b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5810 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
5811 || (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
5812 || (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
))
5813 && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5815 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
5816 update_global_location_list (0);
5822 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
5824 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5828 if (((b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5829 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
5830 || (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
5831 || (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
))
5832 && (b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
))
5834 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5835 update_global_location_list (1);
5841 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
5843 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5848 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
5851 if ((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
5852 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
5853 && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5855 b
->enable_state
= bp_startup_disabled
;
5861 update_global_location_list (0);
5863 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
5867 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
5869 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5872 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
5876 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
5879 if ((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
5880 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
5881 && b
->enable_state
== bp_startup_disabled
)
5883 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5889 breakpoint_re_set ();
5893 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
5894 at address specified by SAL.
5895 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
5898 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
5899 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
5901 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5903 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined
5905 gdb_assert (!frame_id_inlined_p (frame_id
));
5907 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
);
5908 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5909 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
5910 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
5912 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we
5913 want momentary breakpoints to be active in only a
5914 single thread of control. */
5915 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
5916 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
5918 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
5923 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
5927 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
5929 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
5931 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
5935 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, orig
->type
);
5936 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
5937 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
);
5939 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
5940 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
5941 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
5942 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
5943 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
5945 if (orig
->source_file
== NULL
)
5946 copy
->source_file
= NULL
;
5948 copy
->source_file
= xstrdup (orig
->source_file
);
5950 copy
->line_number
= orig
->line_number
;
5951 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
5952 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
5953 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
5955 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
5956 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
5957 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
5959 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
5964 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
5967 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
5969 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
5971 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
5972 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
5974 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
5978 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
5981 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5984 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
5985 struct value_print_options opts
;
5987 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5989 /* FIXME: This is misplaced; mention() is called by things (like
5990 hitting a watchpoint) other than breakpoint creation. It should
5991 be possible to clean this up and at the same time replace the
5992 random calls to breakpoint_changed with this hook. */
5993 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
->number
);
5995 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_mention
!= NULL
)
5996 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
6001 printf_filtered (_("(apparently deleted?) Eventpoint %d: "), b
->number
);
6004 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Watchpoint ");
6005 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
6006 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
6007 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
6008 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
6009 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
6011 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6012 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware watchpoint ");
6013 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
6014 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
6015 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
6016 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
6017 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
6019 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6020 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
6021 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
6022 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
6023 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
6024 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
6025 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
6027 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
6028 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
6029 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
6030 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
6031 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
6032 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", b
->exp_string
);
6033 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
6036 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6041 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
6042 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
6044 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
6045 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
6048 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6049 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6054 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
6058 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6063 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
6064 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
6071 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6072 case bp_step_resume
:
6074 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6075 case bp_shlib_event
:
6076 case bp_thread_event
:
6077 case bp_overlay_event
:
6079 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6085 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
6089 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b
->addr_string
);
6093 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->source_file
== NULL
)
6095 printf_filtered (" at ");
6096 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
6100 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
6101 b
->source_file
, b
->line_number
);
6105 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
6107 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
6109 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
6114 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6116 printf_filtered ("\n");
6120 static struct bp_location
*
6121 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6122 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
6124 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
6126 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
6127 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
6130 loc
->gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
6132 loc
->gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
6133 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
6134 loc
->address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc
->gdbarch
,
6135 loc
->requested_address
, b
->type
);
6136 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
6137 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
6138 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
6140 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
);
6145 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
6146 return 0 otherwise. */
6149 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
6153 const gdb_byte
*brk
;
6154 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
6155 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
6158 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
6160 addr
= loc
->address
;
6161 brk
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc
->gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
6163 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
6167 target_mem
= alloca (len
);
6169 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
6170 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
6171 breakpoints they are permanent. */
6172 cleanup
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
6174 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
6175 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
6177 if (target_read_memory (loc
->address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
6178 && memcmp (target_mem
, brk
, len
) == 0)
6181 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
6188 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
6189 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
6190 as condition expression. */
6193 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6194 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
6196 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
6197 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
6198 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
, int enabled
)
6200 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
6203 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
6205 int i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
6206 int target_resources_ok
=
6207 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
6209 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
6210 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
6211 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
6212 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
6215 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
> 0);
6217 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
6219 struct symtab_and_line sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
6220 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6224 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
6226 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
6228 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
6229 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
6234 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
);
6235 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
6236 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
6240 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
6241 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
6242 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
6243 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
6245 b
->pspace
= sals
.sals
[0].pspace
;
6247 if (enabled
&& b
->pspace
->executing_startup
6248 && (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
6249 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
))
6250 b
->enable_state
= bp_startup_disabled
;
6256 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
6259 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
6260 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
6264 char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
6265 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
6267 error (_("Garbage %s follows condition"), arg
);
6272 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
6274 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
6277 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
6283 /* Remove element at INDEX_TO_REMOVE from SAL, shifting other
6284 elements to fill the void space. */
6286 remove_sal (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sal
, int index_to_remove
)
6288 int i
= index_to_remove
+1;
6289 int last_index
= sal
->nelts
-1;
6291 for (;i
<= last_index
; ++i
)
6292 sal
->sals
[i
-1] = sal
->sals
[i
];
6297 /* If appropriate, obtains all sals that correspond to the same file
6298 and line as SAL, in all program spaces. Users debugging with IDEs,
6299 will want to set a breakpoint at foo.c:line, and not really care
6300 about program spaces. This is done only if SAL does not have
6301 explicit PC and has line and file information. If we got just a
6302 single expanded sal, return the original.
6304 Otherwise, if SAL.explicit_line is not set, filter out all sals for
6305 which the name of enclosing function is different from SAL. This
6306 makes sure that if we have breakpoint originally set in template
6307 instantiation, say foo<int>(), we won't expand SAL to locations at
6308 the same line in all existing instantiations of 'foo'. */
6310 static struct symtabs_and_lines
6311 expand_line_sal_maybe (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
6313 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
;
6314 CORE_ADDR original_pc
= sal
.pc
;
6315 char *original_function
= NULL
;
6318 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
6320 /* If we have explicit pc, don't expand.
6321 If we have no line number, we can't expand. */
6322 if (sal
.explicit_pc
|| sal
.line
== 0 || sal
.symtab
== NULL
)
6325 expanded
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
6326 expanded
.sals
[0] = sal
;
6332 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
6334 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
.pspace
);
6336 find_pc_partial_function (original_pc
, &original_function
, NULL
, NULL
);
6338 /* Note that expand_line_sal visits *all* program spaces. */
6339 expanded
= expand_line_sal (sal
);
6341 if (expanded
.nelts
== 1)
6343 /* We had one sal, we got one sal. Without futher
6344 processing, just return the original sal. */
6345 xfree (expanded
.sals
);
6347 expanded
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
6348 sal
.pc
= original_pc
;
6349 expanded
.sals
[0] = sal
;
6350 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6354 if (!sal
.explicit_line
)
6356 CORE_ADDR func_addr
, func_end
;
6357 for (i
= 0; i
< expanded
.nelts
; ++i
)
6359 CORE_ADDR pc
= expanded
.sals
[i
].pc
;
6360 char *this_function
;
6362 /* We need to switch threads as well since we're about to
6364 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (expanded
.sals
[i
].pspace
);
6366 if (find_pc_partial_function (pc
, &this_function
,
6367 &func_addr
, &func_end
))
6370 && strcmp (this_function
, original_function
) != 0)
6372 remove_sal (&expanded
, i
);
6375 else if (func_addr
== pc
)
6377 /* We're at beginning of a function, and should
6379 struct symbol
*sym
= find_pc_function (pc
);
6381 expanded
.sals
[i
] = find_function_start_sal (sym
, 1);
6384 /* Since find_pc_partial_function returned true,
6385 we should really always find the section here. */
6386 struct obj_section
*section
= find_pc_section (pc
);
6389 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
6390 = get_objfile_arch (section
->objfile
);
6392 = gdbarch_skip_prologue (gdbarch
, pc
);
6401 for (i
= 0; i
< expanded
.nelts
; ++i
)
6403 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a
6404 line number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
6405 skip_prologue_sal (&expanded
.sals
[i
]);
6409 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6411 if (expanded
.nelts
<= 1)
6413 /* This is un ugly workaround. If we get zero
6414 expanded sals then something is really wrong.
6415 Fix that by returnign the original sal. */
6416 xfree (expanded
.sals
);
6418 expanded
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
6419 sal
.pc
= original_pc
;
6420 expanded
.sals
[0] = sal
;
6427 for (i
= 0; i
< expanded
.nelts
; ++i
)
6428 if (expanded
.sals
[i
].pc
== original_pc
)
6439 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
6440 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
6441 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
6442 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
6443 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
6444 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
6445 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
6446 we take just a single condition string.
6448 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
6449 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
6450 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
6451 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
6452 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
6455 create_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6456 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char **addr_string
,
6458 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
6459 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
6460 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
6464 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
6466 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
=
6467 expand_line_sal_maybe (sals
.sals
[i
]);
6469 create_breakpoint (gdbarch
, expanded
, addr_string
[i
],
6470 cond_string
, type
, disposition
,
6471 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
, enabled
);
6475 /* Parse ARG which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
6476 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
6477 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
6478 address strings. ARG points to the end of the SAL. */
6481 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address
,
6482 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
,
6483 char ***addr_string
,
6486 char *addr_start
= *address
;
6487 *addr_string
= NULL
;
6488 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
6490 if ((*address
) == NULL
6491 || (strncmp ((*address
), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address
)[2])))
6493 if (default_breakpoint_valid
)
6495 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
6496 init_sal (&sal
); /* initialize to zeroes */
6497 sals
->sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
6498 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
6499 sal
.pc
= default_breakpoint_address
;
6500 sal
.line
= default_breakpoint_line
;
6501 sal
.symtab
= default_breakpoint_symtab
;
6502 sal
.pspace
= default_breakpoint_pspace
;
6503 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
6505 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC" where PC is
6506 the default_breakpoint_address. So make sure to set
6507 sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from trying to expand the list of
6508 sals to include all other instances with the same symtab and line.
6510 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
6512 sals
->sals
[0] = sal
;
6516 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
6520 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
6521 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default). This
6522 should produce the results we want almost all of the time while
6523 leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
6524 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
6525 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '[' */
6527 struct symtab_and_line cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
6529 if (default_breakpoint_valid
6531 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address
)[0]) != NULL
)
6532 && ((*address
)[1] != '['))))
6533 *sals
= decode_line_1 (address
, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab
,
6534 default_breakpoint_line
, addr_string
,
6537 *sals
= decode_line_1 (address
, 1, (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
6538 addr_string
, not_found_ptr
);
6540 /* For any SAL that didn't have a canonical string, fill one in. */
6541 if (sals
->nelts
> 0 && *addr_string
== NULL
)
6542 *addr_string
= xcalloc (sals
->nelts
, sizeof (char **));
6543 if (addr_start
!= (*address
))
6546 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
6548 /* Add the string if not present. */
6549 if ((*addr_string
)[i
] == NULL
)
6550 (*addr_string
)[i
] = savestring (addr_start
, (*address
) - addr_start
);
6556 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
6557 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
6560 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
,
6564 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
6565 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
->sals
[i
]);
6569 do_captured_parse_breakpoint (struct ui_out
*ui
, void *data
)
6571 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args
*args
= data
;
6573 parse_breakpoint_sals (args
->arg_p
, args
->sals_p
, args
->addr_string_p
,
6574 args
->not_found_ptr
);
6577 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
6578 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
6579 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
6580 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
6581 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
6582 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
6584 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
6585 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
)
6587 *cond_string
= NULL
;
6593 char *cond_start
= NULL
;
6594 char *cond_end
= NULL
;
6595 while (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t')
6600 while (*end_tok
!= ' ' && *end_tok
!= '\t' && *end_tok
!= '\000')
6603 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
6605 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
6607 struct expression
*expr
;
6609 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
6610 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
6613 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
,
6614 cond_end
- cond_start
);
6616 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
6622 *thread
= strtol (tok
, &tok
, 0);
6624 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
6625 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread
))
6626 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), *thread
);
6628 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
6634 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tok
, 0);
6636 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
6637 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
6638 error (_("Unknown task %d\n"), *task
);
6641 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6645 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between
6646 CLI and MI functions for setting a breakpoint.
6647 This function has two major modes of operations,
6648 selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD parameter.
6649 If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
6650 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise,
6651 ARG is just the location of breakpoint, with condition
6652 and thread specified by the COND_STRING and THREAD
6656 break_command_really (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6657 char *arg
, char *cond_string
, int thread
,
6658 int parse_condition_and_thread
,
6659 int tempflag
, int hardwareflag
, int traceflag
,
6661 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
6662 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
6666 struct gdb_exception e
;
6667 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
6668 struct symtab_and_line pending_sal
;
6671 char *addr_start
= arg
;
6673 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
6674 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
6675 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args parse_args
;
6679 enum bptype type_wanted
;
6686 parse_args
.arg_p
= &arg
;
6687 parse_args
.sals_p
= &sals
;
6688 parse_args
.addr_string_p
= &addr_string
;
6689 parse_args
.not_found_ptr
= ¬_found
;
6691 e
= catch_exception (uiout
, do_captured_parse_breakpoint
,
6692 &parse_args
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
6694 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
6698 throw_exception (e
);
6702 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR
:
6704 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
6707 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
6708 throw_exception (e
);
6710 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
6712 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
6713 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
6714 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
6715 && !nquery ("Make breakpoint pending on future shared library load? "))
6718 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
6719 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
6720 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
6721 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
6722 copy_arg
= xstrdup (addr_start
);
6723 addr_string
= ©_arg
;
6725 sals
.sals
= &pending_sal
;
6730 throw_exception (e
);
6737 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
6738 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
6742 /* Make sure that all storage allocated to SALS gets freed. */
6743 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
6745 /* Cleanup the addr_string array but not its contents. */
6746 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
6749 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
6750 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
6751 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
6752 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
6753 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
6755 /* Mark the contents of the addr_string for cleanup. These go on
6756 the bkpt_chain and only occur if the breakpoint create fails. */
6757 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
6759 if (addr_string
[i
] != NULL
)
6760 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
[i
]);
6763 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
6764 are ok for the target. */
6766 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&sals
, addr_start
);
6768 type_wanted
= (traceflag
6770 : (hardwareflag
? bp_hardware_breakpoint
: bp_breakpoint
));
6772 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
6773 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
6777 if (parse_condition_and_thread
)
6779 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
6780 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
6781 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
6782 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
6785 find_condition_and_thread (arg
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
, &cond_string
,
6788 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
6792 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
6795 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
6796 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
6799 create_breakpoints (gdbarch
, sals
, addr_string
, cond_string
, type_wanted
,
6800 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
6801 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
, enabled
);
6805 struct symtab_and_line sal
= {0};
6806 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6808 make_cleanup (xfree
, copy_arg
);
6810 b
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (gdbarch
, type_wanted
);
6811 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
6812 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
6814 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
[0];
6815 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
6816 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
6817 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
6818 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
6820 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
6821 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
6823 if (enabled
&& b
->pspace
->executing_startup
6824 && (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
6825 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
))
6826 b
->enable_state
= bp_startup_disabled
;
6832 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\n"
6833 "Use the \"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
6834 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
6836 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
6837 /* But cleanup everything else. */
6838 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6840 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
6841 update_global_location_list (1);
6844 /* Set a breakpoint.
6845 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
6846 condition, and thread.
6847 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
6848 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
6852 break_command_1 (char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
6854 int hardwareflag
= flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
;
6855 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
6857 break_command_really (get_current_arch (),
6859 NULL
, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
6860 tempflag
, hardwareflag
, 0 /* traceflag */,
6861 0 /* Ignore count */,
6862 pending_break_support
,
6863 NULL
/* breakpoint_ops */,
6870 set_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6871 char *address
, char *condition
,
6872 int hardwareflag
, int tempflag
,
6873 int thread
, int ignore_count
,
6874 int pending
, int enabled
)
6876 break_command_really (gdbarch
,
6877 address
, condition
, thread
,
6878 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
6879 tempflag
, hardwareflag
, 0 /* traceflag */,
6882 ? AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
: AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
,
6886 /* Adjust SAL to the first instruction past the function prologue.
6887 The end of the prologue is determined using the line table from
6888 the debugging information. explicit_pc and explicit_line are
6891 If SAL is already past the prologue, then do nothing. */
6894 skip_prologue_sal (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
6897 struct symtab_and_line start_sal
;
6898 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
6900 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
6902 sym
= find_pc_function (sal
->pc
);
6905 start_sal
= find_function_start_sal (sym
, 1);
6906 if (sal
->pc
< start_sal
.pc
)
6908 start_sal
.explicit_line
= sal
->explicit_line
;
6909 start_sal
.explicit_pc
= sal
->explicit_pc
;
6914 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6917 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
6920 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
6924 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
6926 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
6927 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
6928 sal
->line
, sal
->symtab
->filename
);
6931 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using
6932 a line number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
6933 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
6935 /* Preserve the original line number. */
6936 int saved_line
= sal
->line
;
6937 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
6938 sal
->line
= saved_line
;
6942 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
6944 struct blockvector
*bv
;
6948 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
, sal
->symtab
);
6951 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
6954 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, sal
->symtab
->objfile
);
6955 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym
);
6959 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll just
6960 have to look harder. This case can be executed if we have
6961 line numbers but no functions (as can happen in assembly
6964 struct minimal_symbol
*msym
;
6965 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
6967 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
6969 msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
6971 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
);
6973 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
6980 break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
6982 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
6986 tbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
6988 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
6992 hbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
6994 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
6998 thbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7000 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
7004 stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7006 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
7007 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
7008 stop at <line>\n"));
7012 stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7016 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
7018 else if (*arg
!= '*')
7023 /* look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
7024 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
7025 function/method name */
7026 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
7028 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
7033 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
7035 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
7039 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
7041 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
7045 stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7049 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
7056 /* look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
7057 it is probably a line number. */
7058 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
7060 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
7065 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
7067 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
7071 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
7073 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
7076 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
7077 hw_read: watch read,
7078 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
7080 watch_command_1 (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
7082 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
7083 struct breakpoint
*b
, *scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
7084 struct expression
*exp
;
7085 struct block
*exp_valid_block
;
7086 struct value
*val
, *mark
;
7087 struct frame_info
*frame
;
7088 char *exp_start
= NULL
;
7089 char *exp_end
= NULL
;
7090 char *tok
, *id_tok_start
, *end_tok
;
7092 char *cond_start
= NULL
;
7093 char *cond_end
= NULL
;
7094 int i
, other_type_used
, target_resources_ok
= 0;
7095 enum bptype bp_type
;
7099 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
7100 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
7102 toklen
= strlen (arg
); /* Size of argument list. */
7104 /* Points tok to the end of the argument list. */
7105 tok
= arg
+ toklen
- 1;
7107 /* Go backwards in the parameters list. Skip the last parameter.
7108 If we're expecting a 'thread <thread_num>' parameter, this should
7109 be the thread identifier. */
7110 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
7112 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
7115 /* Points end_tok to the beginning of the last token. */
7116 id_tok_start
= tok
+ 1;
7118 /* Go backwards in the parameters list. Skip one more parameter.
7119 If we're expecting a 'thread <thread_num>' parameter, we should
7120 reach a "thread" token. */
7121 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
7126 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
7129 /* Move the pointer forward to skip the whitespace and
7130 calculate the length of the token. */
7132 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
7134 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
7136 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
7137 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
7138 only in a specific thread. */
7141 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
7142 thread
= strtol (id_tok_start
, &endp
, 0);
7144 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
7146 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
7147 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), id_tok_start
);
7149 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
7150 if (!valid_thread_id (thread
))
7151 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), thread
);
7153 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the thread <thread_num>
7154 parameter before the parameter list is parsed by the
7155 evaluate_expression() function. */
7160 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
7161 innermost_block
= NULL
;
7163 exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0);
7165 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
7166 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
7168 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
7171 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
7172 mark
= value_mark ();
7173 fetch_watchpoint_value (exp
, &val
, NULL
, NULL
);
7175 release_value (val
);
7178 while (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t')
7182 while (*end_tok
!= ' ' && *end_tok
!= '\t' && *end_tok
!= '\000')
7185 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
7186 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
7188 struct expression
*cond
;
7190 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
7191 cond
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0);
7196 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
7198 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
7199 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
7200 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
7201 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
7203 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
7205 mem_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val
);
7206 if (mem_cnt
== 0 && bp_type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
7207 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with read/access watchpoint."));
7210 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count (bp_type
, &other_type_used
);
7211 target_resources_ok
=
7212 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_type
, i
+ mem_cnt
,
7214 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && bp_type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
7215 error (_("Target does not support this type of hardware watchpoint."));
7217 if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && bp_type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
7218 error (_("Target can only support one kind of HW watchpoint at a time."));
7221 /* Change the type of breakpoint to an ordinary watchpoint if a hardware
7222 watchpoint could not be set. */
7223 if (!mem_cnt
|| target_resources_ok
<= 0)
7224 bp_type
= bp_watchpoint
;
7226 frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
7228 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
7229 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
7230 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
7231 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
7232 if (innermost_block
&& frame
)
7234 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
7237 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
7238 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
),
7239 bp_watchpoint_scope
);
7241 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7243 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
7244 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
7246 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
7247 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
7249 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
7250 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
7251 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
7252 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
7253 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
7254 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
7255 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
7256 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
7257 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
7261 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
7262 b
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (NULL
, bp_type
);
7263 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
7264 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
7266 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
7268 b
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
7269 b
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
7273 b
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
7279 b
->watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (frame
);
7280 b
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
7284 b
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
7285 b
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
7288 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
7290 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
7291 need to act on them together. */
7292 b
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
7293 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
7296 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
7298 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
7299 that should be inserted. */
7300 update_watchpoint (b
, 1);
7303 update_global_location_list (1);
7306 /* Return count of locations need to be watched and can be handled
7307 in hardware. If the watchpoint can not be handled
7308 in hardware return zero. */
7311 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*v
)
7313 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
7314 struct value
*head
= v
;
7316 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
7317 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
7320 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
7321 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
7322 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
7323 hardware watchpoint.
7325 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
7326 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
7327 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
7328 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
7329 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
7330 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
7331 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
7332 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
7333 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
7335 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
7336 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
7337 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
7338 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
7339 for (; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
7341 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
7344 /* A lazy memory lvalue is one that GDB never needed to fetch;
7345 we either just used its address (e.g., `a' in `a.b') or
7346 we never needed it at all (e.g., `a' in `a,b'). */
7350 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
7351 it with hardware watchpoints. */
7352 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
7354 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
7355 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
7356 middle of some value chain. */
7358 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
7359 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
7361 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
7362 int len
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
7364 if (!target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
))
7371 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
7372 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
7373 return 0; /* ??? What does this represent? */
7374 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
7375 return 0; /* cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint */
7378 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
7379 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
7380 return found_memory_cnt
;
7384 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7386 watch_command (arg
, from_tty
);
7390 watch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7392 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
7396 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7398 rwatch_command (arg
, from_tty
);
7402 rwatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7404 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
7408 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7410 awatch_command (arg
, from_tty
);
7414 awatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
7416 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
7420 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
7421 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
7423 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
7425 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
7426 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
;
7429 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
7430 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
7431 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
7434 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg
)
7436 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*a
= arg
;
7438 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint
);
7440 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint2
);
7444 until_break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
7446 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
7447 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
7448 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
7449 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
7450 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
= NULL
;
7451 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
7453 clear_proceed_status ();
7455 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
7458 if (default_breakpoint_valid
)
7459 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab
,
7460 default_breakpoint_line
, (char ***) NULL
, NULL
);
7462 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, 1, (struct symtab
*) NULL
,
7463 0, (char ***) NULL
, NULL
);
7465 if (sals
.nelts
!= 1)
7466 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
7469 xfree (sals
.sals
); /* malloc'd, so freed */
7472 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
7474 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
7477 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
7478 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
7479 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame
), sal
,
7480 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
7482 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop only
7483 at the very same frame. */
7484 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (get_frame_arch (frame
), sal
,
7485 get_stack_frame_id (frame
),
7488 old_chain
= make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint
);
7490 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
7493 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
7495 sal
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
7496 sal
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
7497 breakpoint2
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
7499 frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
),
7501 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2
);
7504 proceed (-1, TARGET_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
, 0);
7506 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has actually
7507 managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to be
7508 deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already stopped and
7509 delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
7511 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid
))
7513 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*args
;
7514 args
= xmalloc (sizeof (*args
));
7516 args
->breakpoint
= breakpoint
;
7517 args
->breakpoint2
= breakpoint2
;
7519 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
7520 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
7521 until_break_command_continuation
, args
,
7525 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
7529 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (char **s
)
7531 if ((s
== NULL
) || (*s
== NULL
))
7533 while (isspace (**s
))
7537 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
7538 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
7540 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
7541 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
7542 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
7543 if clause in the arg string. */
7546 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
)
7550 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
7553 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
7556 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
7557 condition string. */
7558 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (arg
);
7561 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg string. */
7562 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
7567 /* This function attempts to parse an optional filename from the arg
7568 string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
7570 Else, it returns a pointer to the parsed filename. (This function
7571 makes no attempt to verify that a file of that name exists, or is
7572 accessible.) And, it updates arg to point to the first character
7573 following the parsed filename in the arg string.
7575 Note that clients needing to preserve the returned filename for
7576 future access should copy it to their own buffers. */
7578 ep_parse_optional_filename (char **arg
)
7580 static char filename
[1024];
7585 if ((*arg_p
== '\0') || isspace (*arg_p
))
7603 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
7604 process start/exit, etc. */
7608 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
7609 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
7614 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7616 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
7617 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
7618 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
7621 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
7622 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
7623 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
7627 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg
);
7629 /* The allowed syntax is:
7631 catch [v]fork if <cond>
7633 First, check if there's an if clause. */
7634 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
7636 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
7637 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
7639 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
7640 and enable reporting of such events. */
7643 case catch_fork_temporary
:
7644 case catch_fork_permanent
:
7645 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
7646 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
7648 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
7649 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
7650 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
7651 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
7654 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
7660 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7662 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
7664 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
7666 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
7670 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg
);
7672 /* The allowed syntax is:
7674 catch exec if <cond>
7676 First, check if there's an if clause. */
7677 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
7679 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
7680 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
7682 /* If this target supports it, create an exec catchpoint
7683 and enable reporting of such events. */
7684 create_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
7685 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
7688 static enum print_stop_action
7689 print_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7691 int bp_temp
, bp_throw
;
7693 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7695 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
7696 if (b
->loc
->address
!= b
->loc
->requested_address
)
7697 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b
->loc
->requested_address
,
7700 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
7702 bp_temp
? "Temporary catchpoint "
7704 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7705 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7707 bp_throw
? " (exception thrown), "
7708 : " (exception caught), ");
7709 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7711 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
7712 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
7713 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7714 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7716 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7720 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7722 struct value_print_options opts
;
7723 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7724 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7727 if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
7728 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
7730 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
7731 b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
);
7736 if (strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
)
7737 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "exception throw");
7739 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "exception catch");
7743 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7748 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
7749 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
7750 ui_out_text (uiout
, bp_temp
? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
7751 : _("Catchpoint "));
7752 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7753 ui_out_text (uiout
, bp_throw
? _(" (throw)")
7757 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
= {
7760 NULL
, /* breakpoint_hit */
7761 print_exception_catchpoint
,
7762 print_one_exception_catchpoint
,
7763 print_mention_exception_catchpoint
7767 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
7768 enum exception_event_kind ex_event
, int from_tty
)
7770 char *trigger_func_name
;
7772 if (ex_event
== EX_EVENT_CATCH
)
7773 trigger_func_name
= "__cxa_begin_catch";
7775 trigger_func_name
= "__cxa_throw";
7777 break_command_really (get_current_arch (),
7778 trigger_func_name
, cond_string
, -1,
7779 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
7782 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
/* pending */,
7783 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
, from_tty
,
7789 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands */
7792 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event
, char *arg
,
7793 int tempflag
, int from_tty
)
7795 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
7796 struct symtab_and_line
*sal
= NULL
;
7800 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg
);
7802 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
7804 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
7805 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
7807 if (ex_event
!= EX_EVENT_THROW
7808 && ex_event
!= EX_EVENT_CATCH
)
7809 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
7811 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag
, cond_string
, ex_event
, from_tty
))
7814 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
7817 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
7820 catch_catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7822 int tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
7823 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH
, arg
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
7826 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
7829 catch_throw_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7831 int tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
7832 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW
, arg
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
7835 /* Create a breakpoint struct for Ada exception catchpoints. */
7838 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7839 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
7843 struct expression
*cond
,
7844 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
7848 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7852 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
7854 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
7856 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
7857 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
7858 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
7859 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
7860 used for different exception names will use the same address.
7861 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
7862 unproductive. Besides. the warning phrasing is also a bit
7863 inapropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
7864 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
7865 enough for now, though. */
7868 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
);
7869 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
7871 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7872 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
7873 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
7874 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
7875 b
->loc
->cond
= cond
;
7876 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
7877 b
->language
= language_ada
;
7878 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
7879 b
->exp_string
= exp_string
;
7884 update_global_location_list (1);
7887 /* Implement the "catch exception" command. */
7890 catch_ada_exception_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
7891 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7893 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
7895 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
7897 char *addr_string
= NULL
;
7898 char *exp_string
= NULL
;
7899 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
7900 struct expression
*cond
= NULL
;
7901 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
= NULL
;
7903 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
7907 sal
= ada_decode_exception_location (arg
, &addr_string
, &exp_string
,
7908 &cond_string
, &cond
, &ops
);
7909 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, addr_string
, exp_string
,
7910 cond_string
, cond
, ops
, tempflag
,
7914 /* Cleanup function for a syscall filter list. */
7916 clean_up_filters (void *arg
)
7918 VEC(int) *iter
= *(VEC(int) **) arg
;
7919 VEC_free (int, iter
);
7922 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
7923 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
7925 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg
)
7927 VEC(int) *result
= NULL
;
7928 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup (clean_up_filters
, &result
);
7930 while (*arg
!= '\0')
7932 int i
, syscall_number
;
7937 /* Skip whitespace. */
7938 while (isspace (*arg
))
7941 for (i
= 0; i
< 127 && arg
[i
] && !isspace (arg
[i
]); ++i
)
7942 cur_name
[i
] = arg
[i
];
7946 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
7947 syscall_number
= (int) strtol (cur_name
, &endptr
, 0);
7948 if (*endptr
== '\0')
7949 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number
, &s
);
7952 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
7954 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name
, &s
);
7956 if (s
.number
== UNKNOWN_SYSCALL
)
7957 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning, because
7958 GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no syscall number to
7960 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name
);
7963 /* Ok, it's valid. */
7964 VEC_safe_push (int, result
, s
.number
);
7967 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
7971 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
7974 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7979 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
7981 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
7982 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch
) == 0)
7983 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
7984 this architeture yet."));
7986 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
7988 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg
);
7990 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
7991 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
7992 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
7993 for his/her architecture. */
7994 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s
);
7996 /* The allowed syntax is:
7998 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
8000 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
8003 filter
= catch_syscall_split_args (arg
);
8007 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag
, filter
,
8008 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
8011 /* Implement the "catch assert" command. */
8014 catch_assert_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8016 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8018 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8019 char *addr_string
= NULL
;
8020 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
= NULL
;
8022 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8026 sal
= ada_decode_assert_location (arg
, &addr_string
, &ops
);
8027 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, addr_string
, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
,
8028 ops
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
8032 catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8034 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
8039 tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8041 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
8044 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
8047 clear_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8049 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8050 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
8053 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
8054 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8059 sals
= decode_line_spec (arg
, 1);
8064 sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
8065 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
8066 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
8067 init_sal (&sal
); /* initialize to zeroes */
8068 sal
.line
= default_breakpoint_line
;
8069 sal
.symtab
= default_breakpoint_symtab
;
8070 sal
.pc
= default_breakpoint_address
;
8071 sal
.pspace
= default_breakpoint_pspace
;
8072 if (sal
.symtab
== 0)
8073 error (_("No source file specified."));
8081 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not
8082 as bad as it seems, because all existing breakpoints
8083 typically have both file/line and pc set. So, if
8084 clear is given file/line, we can match this to existing
8085 breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
8087 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
8088 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
8089 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
8090 due to optimization, all in one block.
8091 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
8092 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
8093 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
8094 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
8095 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
8098 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond
8099 to it. Do it in two passes, solely to preserve the current
8100 behavior that from_tty is forced true if we delete more than
8104 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
8106 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
8107 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
8108 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
8111 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
8116 1 0 <can't happen> */
8120 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to
8125 /* Are we going to delete b? */
8126 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
8127 && b
->type
!= bp_watchpoint
8128 && b
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
8129 && b
->type
!= bp_read_watchpoint
8130 && b
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
8132 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
8133 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
8135 int pc_match
= sal
.pc
8136 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
8137 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
8138 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
8139 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
);
8140 int line_match
= ((default_match
|| (0 == sal
.pc
))
8141 && b
->source_file
!= NULL
8142 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
8143 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
8144 && strcmp (b
->source_file
, sal
.symtab
->filename
) == 0
8145 && b
->line_number
== sal
.line
);
8146 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
8155 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
8158 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
8159 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p
, found
))
8162 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
8164 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
8167 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) > 1)
8168 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one */
8171 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) == 1)
8172 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
8174 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
8176 breakpoints_changed ();
8178 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ix
++)
8181 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b
->number
);
8182 delete_breakpoint (b
);
8185 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
8188 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
8189 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
8190 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
8193 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
8195 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
8197 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
8198 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
8199 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
8200 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del
8202 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
);
8204 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
8206 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
8207 delete_breakpoint (b
);
8211 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to qsort.
8212 Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what does
8213 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER), secondarily by ordering
8214 first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and terciarily just ensuring the array
8215 is sorted stable way despite qsort being an instable algorithm. */
8218 bp_location_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
8220 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
8221 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
8222 int a_perm
= a
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
8223 int b_perm
= b
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
8225 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
8226 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
8228 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
8229 if (a_perm
!= b_perm
)
8230 return (a_perm
< b_perm
) - (a_perm
> b_perm
);
8232 /* Make the user-visible order stable across GDB runs. Locations of the same
8233 breakpoint can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
8235 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
8236 return (a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
8237 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
);
8239 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
8242 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
8243 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current content of
8244 the bp_location array. */
8247 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
8249 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
8251 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
8252 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
8254 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
8256 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
8258 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
8261 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
8262 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
8264 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
8265 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
8266 if (addr
> bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
)
8267 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
8269 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
8271 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
8272 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
8273 if (addr
> bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
8274 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
8278 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
8279 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
8280 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
8281 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
8282 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
8283 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
8284 returns true on them.
8286 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
8287 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
8288 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
8289 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
8290 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
8291 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
8294 update_global_location_list (int should_insert
)
8296 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8297 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
8298 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
8300 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
8301 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
8302 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
8303 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
8304 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
8306 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
8307 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
8308 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
8309 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
8311 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly built
8312 bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
8313 struct bp_location
**old_location
, **old_locp
;
8314 unsigned old_location_count
;
8316 old_location
= bp_location
;
8317 old_location_count
= bp_location_count
;
8319 bp_location_count
= 0;
8320 cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, old_location
);
8323 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
8324 bp_location_count
++;
8326 bp_location
= xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location
) * bp_location_count
);
8329 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
8331 qsort (bp_location
, bp_location_count
, sizeof (*bp_location
),
8332 bp_location_compare
);
8334 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
8336 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the new
8337 list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not necessary that
8338 those locations should be removed from inferior -- if there's another
8339 location at the same address (previously marked as duplicate),
8340 we don't need to remove/insert the location.
8342 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current and
8343 former bp_location array state respectively. */
8346 for (old_locp
= old_location
; old_locp
< old_location
+ old_location_count
;
8349 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
8350 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
8352 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found amoung the new locations. If not, we
8354 int found_object
= 0;
8355 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
8356 int keep_in_target
= 0;
8359 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed. Stop either
8360 at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
8361 while (locp
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
8362 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
8366 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
8367 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
8370 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
8377 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if there's
8378 maybe a new location at the same address. If so, mark that one
8379 inserted, and don't remove this one. This is needed so that we
8380 don't have a time window where a breakpoint at certain location is not
8383 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
8385 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove it. */
8387 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
8389 /* The location is still present in the location list, and still
8390 should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
8395 /* The location is either no longer present, or got disabled.
8396 See if there's another location at the same address, in which
8397 case we don't need to remove this one from the target. */
8399 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
8402 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
8403 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
8406 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
8408 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
8410 /* For the sake of should_be_inserted.
8411 Duplicates check below will fix up this later. */
8412 loc2
->duplicate
= 0;
8413 if (loc2
!= old_loc
&& should_be_inserted (loc2
))
8416 loc2
->target_info
= old_loc
->target_info
;
8425 if (!keep_in_target
)
8427 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
, mark_uninserted
))
8429 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep this
8430 location on the global list, and try to remove it next
8431 time, but there's no particular reason why we will
8434 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still valid,
8435 as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint only
8436 after calling us. */
8437 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing breakpoint %d\n"),
8438 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
8446 if (removed
&& non_stop
8447 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
)
8448 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
8450 /* This location was removed from the target. In
8451 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
8452 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
8453 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
8454 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
8455 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
8456 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
8457 after we see some number of events. The theory here
8458 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
8459 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
8460 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
8461 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
8462 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
8463 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
8466 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
8467 decr_pc_after_break targets.
8469 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
8470 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
8471 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
8472 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
8473 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
8474 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
8475 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SEGSEGV, or worse, get silently
8476 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
8477 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
8478 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
8479 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
8480 targets that do not support new thread events, like
8481 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
8484 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
8485 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
8486 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
8487 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
8489 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
8490 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
8491 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
8492 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
8493 traps we can no longer explain. */
8495 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
8496 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
8498 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, old_loc
);
8501 free_bp_location (old_loc
);
8505 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
8506 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
8507 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
8508 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
8509 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
8510 are sorted first for the same address.
8512 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
8513 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
8515 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
8516 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
8517 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
8518 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
8519 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
8521 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
8522 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
8524 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
8525 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
8526 || b
->enable_state
== bp_startup_disabled
8528 || loc
->shlib_disabled
8529 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
))
8532 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
8533 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& ! loc
->inserted
)
8534 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8535 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
8536 "actually inserted"));
8538 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
8539 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
8540 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
8541 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
8542 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
8543 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
8545 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
8547 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
8548 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
8549 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
8558 if ((*loc_first_p
)->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& loc
->inserted
8559 && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
8560 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8561 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
8562 "a permanent breakpoint"));
8565 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () && should_insert
8566 && (have_live_inferiors ()
8567 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch
))))
8568 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
8570 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
8574 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
8576 struct bp_location
*loc
;
8579 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
8580 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
8582 free_bp_location (loc
);
8583 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
);
8589 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting
)
8591 struct gdb_exception e
;
8592 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
8593 update_global_location_list (inserting
);
8596 /* Clear BPT from a BPS. */
8598 bpstat_remove_breakpoint (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
8601 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
8602 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->owner
== bpt
)
8604 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
8606 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
8610 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
8612 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
8614 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= data
;
8615 bpstat_remove_breakpoint (th
->stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
8619 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
8623 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
8625 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8626 struct bp_location
*loc
, *next
;
8628 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
8630 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because multiple
8631 lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are especial culprits.
8633 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When the
8634 scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of scope, and
8635 delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the scope bp is marked
8636 "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat. That bpstat is then
8637 checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are deleted.
8639 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in bp's,
8640 and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing bpstat's, and
8641 teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's storage when no more
8642 references were extent. A cheaper bandaid was chosen. */
8643 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
8646 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt
->number
);
8648 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
8649 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
8654 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
8658 free_command_lines (&bpt
->commands
);
8659 if (bpt
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
8660 xfree (bpt
->cond_string
);
8661 if (bpt
->addr_string
!= NULL
)
8662 xfree (bpt
->addr_string
);
8663 if (bpt
->exp
!= NULL
)
8665 if (bpt
->exp_string
!= NULL
)
8666 xfree (bpt
->exp_string
);
8667 if (bpt
->val
!= NULL
)
8668 value_free (bpt
->val
);
8669 if (bpt
->source_file
!= NULL
)
8670 xfree (bpt
->source_file
);
8671 if (bpt
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
8672 xfree (bpt
->exec_pathname
);
8673 clean_up_filters (&bpt
->syscalls_to_be_caught
);
8675 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at it after it's been freed. */
8676 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's?
8677 We just check stop_bpstat for now. Note that we cannot just
8678 remove bpstats pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list
8679 entirely, as breakpoint commands are associated with the bpstat;
8680 if we remove it here, then the later call to
8681 bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat);
8682 in event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints
8683 with commands won't work. */
8685 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
8687 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint
8688 list, update the global location list. This
8689 will remove locations that used to belong to
8690 this breakpoint. Do this before freeing
8691 the breakpoint itself, since remove_breakpoint
8692 looks at location's owner. It might be better
8693 design to have location completely self-contained,
8694 but it's not the case now. */
8695 update_global_location_list (0);
8698 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this same
8699 bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
8700 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
8706 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b
)
8708 delete_breakpoint (b
);
8712 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8714 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup
, b
);
8718 delete_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
8720 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
8726 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
8728 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
8729 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
8730 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number argument. */
8733 if (b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
8734 && b
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
8735 && b
->type
!= bp_jit_event
8736 && b
->type
!= bp_thread_event
8737 && b
->type
!= bp_overlay_event
8738 && b
->type
!= bp_longjmp_master
8741 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
8746 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
8748 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
8750 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
8752 if (b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
8753 && b
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
8754 && b
->type
!= bp_thread_event
8755 && b
->type
!= bp_jit_event
8756 && b
->type
!= bp_overlay_event
8757 && b
->type
!= bp_longjmp_master
8759 delete_breakpoint (b
);
8764 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, delete_breakpoint
);
8768 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location
*loc
)
8770 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
8771 if (!loc
->shlib_disabled
)
8776 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
8777 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
8778 Null names are ignored. */
8781 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
8783 struct bp_location
*l
;
8784 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
,
8785 (int (*) (const void *, const void *)) streq
,
8786 NULL
, xcalloc
, xfree
);
8788 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
8791 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
8793 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
8797 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
8799 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never returns
8814 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8815 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
)
8819 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
= b
->loc
;
8821 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations
8822 are pending, don't do anything. This optimizes
8823 the common case where all locations are in the same
8824 shared library, that was unloaded. We'd like to
8825 retain the location, so that when the library
8826 is loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled
8827 status of the individual locations. */
8828 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations
) && sals
.nelts
== 0)
8833 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
8835 struct bp_location
*new_loc
=
8836 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &(sals
.sals
[i
]));
8838 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
8840 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
8842 struct gdb_exception e
;
8845 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
8847 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, block_for_pc (sals
.sals
[i
].pc
),
8852 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition for breakpoint %d: %s"),
8853 b
->number
, e
.message
);
8854 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
8858 if (b
->source_file
!= NULL
)
8859 xfree (b
->source_file
);
8860 if (sals
.sals
[i
].symtab
== NULL
)
8861 b
->source_file
= NULL
;
8863 b
->source_file
= xstrdup (sals
.sals
[i
].symtab
->filename
);
8865 if (b
->line_number
== 0)
8866 b
->line_number
= sals
.sals
[i
].line
;
8869 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
8870 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
8871 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
8873 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing breakpoints. */
8875 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
8876 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
8877 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
8878 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
8879 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
8880 often enough until a better solution is found. */
8881 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
8883 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
8885 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
8887 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
8888 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
8890 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
8891 if (breakpoint_address_match (e
->pspace
->aspace
, e
->address
,
8892 l
->pspace
->aspace
, l
->address
))
8900 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
8901 if (l
->function_name
8902 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
8912 update_global_location_list (1);
8916 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
8917 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
8918 Unused in this case. */
8921 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint
)
8923 /* get past catch_errs */
8924 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) bint
;
8928 int *not_found_ptr
= ¬_found
;
8929 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
= {0};
8930 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
= {0};
8932 enum enable_state save_enable
;
8933 struct gdb_exception e
;
8934 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
8939 warning (_("attempted to reset apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
8943 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
8945 /* Do not attempt to re-set breakpoints disabled during startup. */
8946 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_startup_disabled
)
8949 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
8951 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
8952 delete_breakpoint (b
);
8956 set_language (b
->language
);
8957 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
8960 save_current_space_and_thread ();
8961 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
8963 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
8965 sals
= decode_line_1 (&s
, 1, (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0, (char ***) NULL
,
8970 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
8971 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing
8972 will fail until the right shared library is loaded.
8973 User has already told to create pending breakpoints and
8974 don't need extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
8975 state, then user already saw the message about that breakpoint
8976 being disabled, and don't want to see more errors. */
8978 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
8979 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
8980 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
8981 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
8983 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
8985 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
8986 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
8987 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
8988 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
8989 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
8990 which approach is better. */
8991 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
8992 throw_exception (e
);
8998 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
== 1);
9000 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
.sals
[0]);
9001 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& s
&& s
[0])
9003 char *cond_string
= 0;
9007 find_condition_and_thread (s
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
9008 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
);
9010 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9013 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
9016 expanded
= expand_line_sal_maybe (sals
.sals
[0]);
9019 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
9020 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, expanded
);
9024 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
9025 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
9026 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
9027 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global variables,
9028 or it can be on local variables.
9030 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even persist
9031 across program restarts. Since they can use variables from shared
9032 libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries are loaded
9035 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
9036 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local and
9037 a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint, but
9038 unloading of a shared library will make the expression invalid.
9039 This is not a very common use case, but we still re-evaluate
9040 expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
9042 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
9043 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means
9044 the watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
9045 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
9047 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
9048 b->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
9050 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will
9051 be reevaluated again when enabled. */
9052 update_watchpoint (b
, 1 /* reparse */);
9054 /* We needn't really do anything to reset these, since the mask
9055 that requests them is unaffected by e.g., new libraries being
9061 printf_filtered (_("Deleting unknown breakpoint type %d\n"), b
->type
);
9063 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they will be
9064 reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
9065 case bp_overlay_event
:
9066 case bp_longjmp_master
:
9067 delete_breakpoint (b
);
9070 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
9071 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
9072 case bp_shlib_event
:
9074 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special.
9075 Once it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
9076 case bp_thread_event
:
9078 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
9079 over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints.
9080 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
9081 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
9084 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
9086 case bp_step_resume
:
9088 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
9093 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
9097 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
9099 breakpoint_re_set (void)
9101 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
9102 enum language save_language
;
9103 int save_input_radix
;
9104 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9106 save_language
= current_language
->la_language
;
9107 save_input_radix
= input_radix
;
9108 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
9110 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
9112 /* Format possible error msg */
9113 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
9115 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
9116 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one
, b
, message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
9117 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
9119 set_language (save_language
);
9120 input_radix
= save_input_radix
;
9122 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
9124 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9126 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ("_ovly_debug_event");
9127 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("longjmp");
9128 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("_longjmp");
9129 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("siglongjmp");
9130 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ("_siglongjmp");
9133 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
9135 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
9136 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
9138 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9140 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
9142 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
9143 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
9145 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
9146 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
9147 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
9149 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
9153 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
9154 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
9155 which ends with a period (no newline). */
9158 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
9160 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9166 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
9168 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
9172 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time breakpoint %d is reached."),
9174 else if (count
== 1)
9175 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
9178 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d crossings of breakpoint %d."),
9181 breakpoints_changed ();
9182 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
->number
);
9186 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
9190 make_breakpoint_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9192 /* Silence the breakpoint. */
9196 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
9199 ignore_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9205 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
9207 num
= get_number (&p
);
9209 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
9211 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
9213 set_ignore_count (num
,
9214 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
9217 printf_filtered ("\n");
9220 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
9221 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
9224 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args
, void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*))
9229 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
9233 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
9240 num
= get_number_or_range (&p1
);
9243 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p
);
9247 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
9248 if (b
->number
== num
)
9250 struct breakpoint
*related_breakpoint
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
9253 if (related_breakpoint
)
9254 function (related_breakpoint
);
9258 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num
);
9264 static struct bp_location
*
9265 find_location_by_number (char *number
)
9267 char *dot
= strchr (number
, '.');
9271 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9272 struct bp_location
*loc
;
9277 bp_num
= get_number_or_range (&p1
);
9279 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
9282 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
9287 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
9288 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
9291 loc_num
= get_number_or_range (&p1
);
9293 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number
);
9297 for (;loc_num
&& loc
; --loc_num
, loc
= loc
->next
)
9300 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot
+1);
9306 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
9307 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
9308 which ends with a period (no newline). */
9311 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
9313 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
9314 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
9315 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
9316 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
9319 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
9320 if (bpt
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
9323 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
9325 update_global_location_list (0);
9327 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
->number
);
9331 disable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9333 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
9335 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
9339 warning (_("attempted to disable apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
9345 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
9347 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
9348 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
9349 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
9350 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
9354 else if (strchr (args
, '.'))
9356 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (args
);
9359 update_global_location_list (0);
9362 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, disable_breakpoint
);
9366 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
)
9368 int target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
9371 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
9374 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9375 target_resources_ok
=
9376 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
9378 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
9379 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9380 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
9381 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9384 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
9385 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
9386 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
9387 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
9389 struct gdb_exception e
;
9391 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
9393 update_watchpoint (bpt
, 1 /* reparse */);
9397 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
9403 if (bpt
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
9404 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
9405 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
9406 update_global_location_list (1);
9407 breakpoints_changed ();
9409 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
->number
);
9414 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
9416 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
);
9419 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
9420 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
9421 in stopping the inferior. */
9424 enable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9426 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
9428 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
9432 warning (_("attempted to enable apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
9438 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
9440 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
9441 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
9442 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
9443 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
9447 else if (strchr (args
, '.'))
9449 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (args
);
9452 update_global_location_list (1);
9455 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, enable_breakpoint
);
9459 enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
9461 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt
, disp_disable
);
9465 enable_once_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9467 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, enable_once_breakpoint
);
9471 enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
9473 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt
, disp_del
);
9477 enable_delete_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9479 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, enable_delete_breakpoint
);
9483 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9488 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9492 /* Use default_breakpoint_'s, or nothing if they aren't valid. */
9494 struct symtabs_and_lines
9495 decode_line_spec_1 (char *string
, int funfirstline
)
9497 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
9499 error (_("Empty line specification."));
9500 if (default_breakpoint_valid
)
9501 sals
= decode_line_1 (&string
, funfirstline
,
9502 default_breakpoint_symtab
,
9503 default_breakpoint_line
,
9504 (char ***) NULL
, NULL
);
9506 sals
= decode_line_1 (&string
, funfirstline
,
9507 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0, (char ***) NULL
, NULL
);
9509 error (_("Junk at end of line specification: %s"), string
);
9513 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
9514 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
9515 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
9516 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
9520 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9521 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
9523 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
;
9525 bp_tgt
= XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info
);
9527 bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
= aspace
;
9528 bp_tgt
->placed_address
= pc
;
9530 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
) != 0)
9532 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
9540 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
9543 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, void *bp
)
9545 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= bp
;
9548 ret
= target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
);
9554 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single stepping. */
9556 static void *single_step_breakpoints
[2];
9557 static struct gdbarch
*single_step_gdbarch
[2];
9559 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
9562 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9563 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR next_pc
)
9567 if (single_step_breakpoints
[0] == NULL
)
9569 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[0];
9570 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = gdbarch
;
9574 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[1] == NULL
);
9575 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[1];
9576 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = gdbarch
;
9579 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would be
9580 to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on the
9581 breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint. We could
9582 adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing this requires
9583 corresponding changes elsewhere where single step breakpoints are
9584 handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
9586 *bpt_p
= deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, next_pc
);
9588 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
9589 paddress (gdbarch
, next_pc
));
9592 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
9595 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
9597 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
);
9599 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
9601 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[0],
9602 single_step_breakpoints
[0]);
9603 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = NULL
;
9604 single_step_breakpoints
[0] = NULL
;
9606 if (single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
)
9608 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[1],
9609 single_step_breakpoints
[1]);
9610 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = NULL
;
9611 single_step_breakpoints
[1] = NULL
;
9615 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at PC. */
9618 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
9622 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
9624 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= single_step_breakpoints
[i
];
9626 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
,
9627 bp_tgt
->placed_address
,
9635 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
9636 non-zero otherwise. */
9638 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*bp
)
9640 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp
)
9641 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_disabled
9642 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_call_disabled
)
9649 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
9651 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
9653 return inf
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0;
9657 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number
)
9659 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
9661 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
9662 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp
))
9664 if (bp
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
9668 VEC_iterate (int, bp
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
9670 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
9680 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
9682 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
9683 char *text
, char *word
)
9685 const char **list
= get_syscall_names ();
9686 return (list
== NULL
) ? NULL
: complete_on_enum (list
, text
, word
);
9689 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
9691 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
9693 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
9695 tracepoint_count
= num
;
9696 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
9700 trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9702 break_command_really (get_current_arch (),
9704 NULL
, 0, 1 /* parse arg */,
9705 0 /* tempflag */, 0 /* hardwareflag */,
9707 0 /* Ignore count */,
9708 pending_break_support
,
9712 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
9715 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
9719 tracepoints_info (char *tpnum_exp
, int from_tty
)
9721 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9722 int tps_to_list
= 0;
9724 /* In the no-arguments case, say "No tracepoints" if none found. */
9737 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
9742 /* Otherwise be the same as "info break". */
9743 breakpoints_info (tpnum_exp
, from_tty
);
9746 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
9747 Not supported by all targets. */
9749 enable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9751 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
9754 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
9755 Not supported by all targets. */
9757 disable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9759 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
9762 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument) */
9764 delete_trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9766 struct breakpoint
*b
, *temp
;
9772 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
9774 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
9775 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
9776 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number argument. */
9781 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
9786 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
9788 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
9790 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, temp
)
9792 if (b
->type
== bp_tracepoint
9794 delete_breakpoint (b
);
9799 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, delete_breakpoint
);
9802 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
9804 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
9805 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
9806 Also accepts special argument "all". */
9809 trace_pass_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9811 struct breakpoint
*t1
= (struct breakpoint
*) -1, *t2
;
9815 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
9816 error (_("passcount command requires an argument (count + optional TP num)"));
9818 count
= strtoul (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
9820 while (*args
&& isspace ((int) *args
))
9823 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
9825 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
9828 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9831 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, 1, 1);
9837 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t2
)
9838 if (t1
== (struct breakpoint
*) -1 || t1
== t2
)
9840 t2
->pass_count
= count
;
9841 observer_notify_tracepoint_modified (t2
->number
);
9843 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
9847 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, 1, 0);
9854 get_tracepoint (int num
)
9856 struct breakpoint
*t
;
9859 if (t
->number
== num
)
9865 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
9866 If MULTI_P is true, there might be a range of tracepoints in ARG.
9867 if OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
9868 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
9870 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg
, int multi_p
, int optional_p
)
9872 extern int tracepoint_count
;
9873 struct breakpoint
*t
;
9875 char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
9877 if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
9880 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
9882 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
9885 tpnum
= multi_p
? get_number_or_range (arg
) : get_number (arg
);
9889 if (instring
&& *instring
)
9890 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
9893 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing and no previous tracepoint\n"));
9898 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
9903 /* FIXME: if we are in the middle of a range we don't want to give
9904 a message. The current interface to get_number_or_range doesn't
9905 allow us to discover this. */
9906 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
9910 /* save-tracepoints command */
9912 tracepoint_save_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
9914 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
9916 struct action_line
*line
;
9918 char *i1
= " ", *i2
= " ";
9919 char *indent
, *actionline
, *pathname
;
9921 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
9923 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
9924 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save tracepoints)"));
9926 /* See if we have anything to save. */
9927 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
9934 warning (_("save-tracepoints: no tracepoints to save."));
9938 pathname
= tilde_expand (args
);
9939 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, pathname
);
9940 fp
= fopen (pathname
, "w");
9942 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving tracepoints (%s)"),
9943 args
, safe_strerror (errno
));
9944 make_cleanup_fclose (fp
);
9946 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
9948 if (tp
->addr_string
)
9949 fprintf (fp
, "trace %s\n", tp
->addr_string
);
9952 sprintf_vma (tmp
, tp
->loc
->address
);
9953 fprintf (fp
, "trace *0x%s\n", tmp
);
9957 fprintf (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
9961 fprintf (fp
, " actions\n");
9963 for (line
= tp
->actions
; line
; line
= line
->next
)
9965 struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
;
9967 QUIT
; /* allow user to bail out with ^C */
9968 actionline
= line
->action
;
9969 while (isspace ((int) *actionline
))
9972 fprintf (fp
, "%s%s\n", indent
, actionline
);
9973 if (*actionline
!= '#') /* skip for comment lines */
9975 cmd
= lookup_cmd (&actionline
, cmdlist
, "", -1, 1);
9977 error (_("Bad action list item: %s"), actionline
);
9978 if (cmd_cfunc_eq (cmd
, while_stepping_pseudocommand
))
9980 else if (cmd_cfunc_eq (cmd
, end_actions_pseudocommand
))
9986 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
9988 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoints saved to file '%s'.\n"), args
);
9992 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
9997 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *tp_vec
= 0;
9998 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
10000 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
10002 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p
, tp_vec
, tp
);
10009 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak commands.
10010 It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
10011 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the command. */
10012 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
10013 command" [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
10014 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
10015 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
10016 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
10017 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
10018 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of selected stack frame.\n\
10019 This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
10021 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
10022 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
10024 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if conditional.\n\
10026 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
10028 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
10029 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
10031 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
10032 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
10034 /* Like add_cmd, but add the command to both the "catch" and "tcatch"
10035 lists, and pass some additional user data to the command function. */
10037 add_catch_command (char *name
, char *docstring
,
10038 void (*sfunc
) (char *args
, int from_tty
,
10039 struct cmd_list_element
*command
),
10040 char **(*completer
) (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
10041 char *text
, char *word
),
10042 void *user_data_catch
,
10043 void *user_data_tcatch
)
10045 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
10047 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
10049 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
10050 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
10051 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
10053 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
10055 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
10056 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
10057 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
10061 clear_syscall_counts (int pid
)
10063 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
10065 inf
->total_syscalls_count
= 0;
10066 inf
->any_syscall_count
= 0;
10067 VEC_free (int, inf
->syscalls_counts
);
10071 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
10073 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
10074 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
10075 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
10077 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
10078 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts
);
10080 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
10081 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
10082 before a breakpoint is set. */
10083 breakpoint_count
= 0;
10085 tracepoint_count
= 0;
10087 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
10088 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
10089 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
10091 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10093 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
, commands_command
, _("\
10094 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
10095 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
10096 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
10097 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
10098 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
10099 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
10100 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
10102 add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
10103 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
10104 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
10105 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
10107 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
10108 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
10109 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
10110 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
10111 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
10113 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
10114 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
10116 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
10117 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
10118 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
10119 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
10121 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
10122 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
10124 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
10125 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
10126 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
10127 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
10129 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
10130 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
10132 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
10133 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
10134 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
10135 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
10136 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
10137 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
10138 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
10140 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
10141 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
10142 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
10143 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
10144 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
10145 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
10147 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10149 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
10150 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
10151 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
10152 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
10153 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
10154 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
10156 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
10157 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
10158 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
10161 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
10162 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
10163 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
10166 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
10167 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
10168 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
10171 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
10172 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
10173 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
10176 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
10177 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
10178 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
10179 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
10180 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled."),
10181 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
10182 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10183 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10185 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
10186 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
10187 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
10188 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
10189 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled."));
10191 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
10192 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
10193 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
10194 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
10195 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled.\n\
10196 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
10199 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
10200 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
10201 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
10202 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
10204 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
10205 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
10206 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
10207 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10208 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10210 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
10211 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
10212 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
10213 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
10215 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
10216 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
10217 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
10218 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
10219 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
10222 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
10223 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
10224 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
10225 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
10226 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
10227 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
10229 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
10230 is executing in.\n\
10232 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
10234 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
10235 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
10236 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
10237 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
10239 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
10240 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
10241 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
10242 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
10245 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint
, 1);
10249 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
10250 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
10251 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
10252 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
10253 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
10254 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
10255 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
10256 add_com ("status", class_info
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
10257 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
10258 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
10259 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
10260 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
10261 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
10262 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
10263 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
10264 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
10266 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
10267 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
10268 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
10269 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
10270 breakpoint set."));
10273 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info
, _("\
10274 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
10275 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
10276 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
10277 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
10278 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
10279 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
10280 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
10281 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
10283 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
10284 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
10285 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
10286 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
10287 breakpoint set."));
10289 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
10292 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
10293 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
10294 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
10295 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
10296 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
10297 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
10298 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
10299 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
10300 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
10302 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
10303 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
10304 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
10305 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
10306 breakpoint set."));
10308 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
10309 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
10310 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
10311 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
10312 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
10313 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
10314 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
10315 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
10316 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
10317 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
10318 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
10319 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
10320 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
10322 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
10323 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
10324 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
10325 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
10327 &maintenanceinfolist
);
10329 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
10330 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
10331 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
10332 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
10334 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
10335 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
10336 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
10337 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
10339 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
10340 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
10341 Catch an exception, when caught.\n\
10342 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
10343 catch_catch_command
,
10347 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
10348 Catch an exception, when thrown.\n\
10349 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
10350 catch_throw_command
,
10354 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
10355 catch_fork_command_1
,
10357 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
10358 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
10359 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
10360 catch_fork_command_1
,
10362 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
10363 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
10364 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
10365 catch_exec_command_1
,
10369 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
10370 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
10371 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
10372 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
10373 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
10374 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
10375 catch_syscall_command_1
,
10376 catch_syscall_completer
,
10379 add_catch_command ("exception", _("\
10380 Catch Ada exceptions, when raised.\n\
10381 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
10382 catch_ada_exception_command
,
10386 add_catch_command ("assert", _("\
10387 Catch failed Ada assertions, when raised.\n\
10388 With an argument, catch only exceptions with the given name."),
10389 catch_assert_command
,
10394 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
10395 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
10396 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
10397 an expression changes."));
10398 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
10400 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
10401 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
10402 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
10403 an expression is read."));
10404 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
10406 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
10407 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
10408 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
10409 an expression is either read or written."));
10410 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
10412 add_info ("watchpoints", breakpoints_info
,
10413 _("Synonym for ``info breakpoints''."));
10416 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
10417 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
10418 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
10419 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
10420 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
10421 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
10422 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
10423 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
10424 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
10427 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
10428 &setlist
, &showlist
);
10430 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
10432 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
10434 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
10435 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
10437 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
10438 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
10439 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
10441 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
10442 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
10443 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
10444 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
10446 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info
, _("\
10447 Status of tracepoints, or tracepoint number NUMBER.\n\
10448 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
10449 last tracepoint set."));
10451 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
10453 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
10454 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
10455 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
10456 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
10459 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
10460 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
10461 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
10462 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
10464 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
10466 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
10467 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
10468 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
10469 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
10471 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
10473 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
10474 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
10475 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
10476 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
10477 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
10479 c
= add_com ("save-tracepoints", class_trace
, tracepoint_save_command
, _("\
10480 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
10481 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."));
10482 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
10484 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
10485 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
10486 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
10487 pending breakpoint behavior"),
10488 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
10489 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
10490 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
10491 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
10492 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
10493 pending breakpoint behavior"),
10494 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
10495 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
10497 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
10498 &pending_break_support
, _("\
10499 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
10500 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
10501 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
10502 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
10503 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
10504 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
10506 show_pending_break_support
,
10507 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
10508 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
10510 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
10512 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
10513 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
10514 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
10515 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
10516 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
10517 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
10518 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
10520 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
10521 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
10522 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
10524 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
10525 always_inserted_enums
, &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
10526 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
10527 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
10528 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
10529 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
10530 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
10531 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
10532 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
10533 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
10534 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
10535 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
10537 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
10538 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
10539 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
10541 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
10543 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);